Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-alpha.c revision 1.7
      1  1.1     skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.7  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1     skrll    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4  1.1     skrll    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5  1.1     skrll    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6  1.1     skrll    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7  1.1     skrll    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8  1.1     skrll 
      9  1.1     skrll    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10  1.1     skrll 
     11  1.1     skrll    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12  1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13  1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14  1.1     skrll    any later version.
     15  1.1     skrll 
     16  1.1     skrll    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17  1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18  1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19  1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20  1.1     skrll 
     21  1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22  1.1     skrll    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23  1.1     skrll    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24  1.1     skrll    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25  1.1     skrll 
     26  1.1     skrll /* Mach Operating System
     27  1.1     skrll    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28  1.1     skrll    All Rights Reserved.
     29  1.1     skrll 
     30  1.1     skrll    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31  1.1     skrll    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32  1.1     skrll    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33  1.1     skrll    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34  1.1     skrll    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35  1.1     skrll 
     36  1.1     skrll    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37  1.1     skrll    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38  1.1     skrll    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39  1.1     skrll 
     40  1.1     skrll    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41  1.1     skrll 
     42  1.1     skrll     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43  1.1     skrll     School of Computer Science
     44  1.1     skrll     Carnegie Mellon University
     45  1.1     skrll     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46  1.1     skrll 
     47  1.1     skrll    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48  1.1     skrll    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49  1.1     skrll 
     50  1.1     skrll #include "as.h"
     51  1.1     skrll #include "subsegs.h"
     52  1.1     skrll #include "struc-symbol.h"
     53  1.1     skrll #include "ecoff.h"
     54  1.1     skrll 
     55  1.1     skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     56  1.1     skrll 
     57  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     58  1.1     skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
     59  1.1     skrll #endif
     60  1.1     skrll 
     61  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     62  1.3  christos #include "vms.h"
     63  1.3  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     64  1.3  christos #endif
     65  1.3  christos 
     66  1.3  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     67  1.1     skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     68  1.1     skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
     69  1.1     skrll 
     70  1.1     skrll /* Local types.  */
     72  1.1     skrll 
     73  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     74  1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     75  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     76  1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     77  1.3  christos 
     78  1.3  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     79  1.3  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     80  1.3  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     81  1.1     skrll 
     82  1.1     skrll struct alpha_fixup
     83  1.1     skrll {
     84  1.3  christos   expressionS exp;
     85  1.3  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     86  1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     87  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     88  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     89  1.3  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     90  1.3  christos 
     91  1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     92  1.3  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     93  1.1     skrll #endif
     94  1.1     skrll };
     95  1.1     skrll 
     96  1.1     skrll struct alpha_insn
     97  1.1     skrll {
     98  1.1     skrll   unsigned insn;
     99  1.1     skrll   int nfixups;
    100  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    101  1.1     skrll   long sequence;
    102  1.1     skrll };
    103  1.1     skrll 
    104  1.1     skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
    105  1.1     skrll   {
    106  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    107  1.1     skrll     MACRO_IR,
    108  1.1     skrll     MACRO_PIR,
    109  1.1     skrll     MACRO_OPIR,
    110  1.1     skrll     MACRO_CPIR,
    111  1.3  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    112  1.1     skrll     MACRO_EXP
    113  1.1     skrll   };
    114  1.1     skrll 
    115  1.1     skrll struct alpha_macro
    116  1.1     skrll {
    117  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    118  1.1     skrll   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
    119  1.1     skrll   const void * arg;
    120  1.1     skrll   enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
    121  1.1     skrll };
    122  1.1     skrll 
    123  1.1     skrll /* Extra expression types.  */
    124  1.1     skrll 
    125  1.1     skrll #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    126  1.1     skrll #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    127  1.1     skrll 
    128  1.1     skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    129  1.1     skrll #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    130  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    131  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    132  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    133  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    134  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    135  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    136  1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    137  1.1     skrll #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    138  1.1     skrll #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    139  1.1     skrll #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    140  1.1     skrll #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    141  1.1     skrll #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    142  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    143  1.1     skrll #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    144  1.1     skrll #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    145  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    146  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    147  1.1     skrll #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    148  1.1     skrll #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    149  1.1     skrll #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    150  1.1     skrll #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    151  1.1     skrll #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    152  1.1     skrll 
    153  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    154  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    155  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    156  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    157  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    158  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    159  1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    160  1.1     skrll 
    161  1.1     skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    162  1.1     skrll 
    163  1.1     skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    164  1.1     skrll 
    165  1.1     skrll #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    166  1.1     skrll #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    167  1.1     skrll #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    168  1.1     skrll 
    169  1.1     skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    170  1.1     skrll 
    171  1.1     skrll #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    172  1.1     skrll #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    173  1.1     skrll 
    174  1.1     skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    175  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
    176  1.1     skrll    cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2.  */
    177  1.1     skrll 
    178  1.1     skrll #if 1
    179  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
    180  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
    181  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
    182  1.1     skrll 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
    183  1.1     skrll #else
    184  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_16(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 &&	\
    185  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
    186  1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
    187  1.1     skrll 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
    188  1.1     skrll #endif
    189  1.1     skrll 
    190  1.1     skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    191  1.1     skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
    192  1.1     skrll    but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms.  */
    193  1.1     skrll 
    194  1.1     skrll #if 1
    195  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((short) (x))
    196  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((int) (x))
    197  1.1     skrll #else
    198  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_16(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    199  1.1     skrll #define sign_extend_32(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
    200  1.1     skrll 					   ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
    201  1.1     skrll #endif
    202  1.1     skrll 
    203  1.1     skrll /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    204  1.1     skrll 
    205  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    206  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    207  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    208  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    209  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    210  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    211  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    212  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    213  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    214  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    215  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    216  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    217  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    218  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    219  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    220  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    221  1.1     skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    222  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    223  1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    224  1.1     skrll 
    225  1.1     skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    227  1.1     skrll    targets.  */
    228  1.1     skrll 
    229  1.1     skrll /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    230  1.1     skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    231  1.1     skrll 
    232  1.1     skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    233  1.1     skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    234  1.1     skrll 
    235  1.1     skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    236  1.1     skrll    single line.  */
    237  1.1     skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    238  1.1     skrll 
    239  1.1     skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    240  1.1     skrll    point number.  */
    241  1.1     skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    242  1.1     skrll 
    243  1.1     skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    244  1.6  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    245  1.1     skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    246  1.1     skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    247  1.1     skrll 
    248  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    249  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    250  1.1     skrll #else
    251  1.1     skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
    252  1.1     skrll #endif
    253  1.1     skrll 
    254  1.1     skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
    255  1.1     skrll   {
    256  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    257  1.1     skrll     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    258  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    259  1.1     skrll     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    260  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    261  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    262  1.1     skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    263  1.1     skrll     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    264  1.3  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    265  1.3  christos #endif
    266  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    267  1.3  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    268  1.5  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    269  1.3  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    270  1.1     skrll     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    271  1.1     skrll #endif
    272  1.1     skrll     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    273  1.1     skrll   };
    274  1.1     skrll 
    275  1.1     skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    276  1.1     skrll 
    277  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    279  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    280  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    281  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    282  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
    283  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    284  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
    285  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    286  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
    287  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    288  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
    289  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    290  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    291  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
    292  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    293  1.3  christos 
    294  1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
    295  1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    296  1.1     skrll 
    297  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    298  1.1     skrll 
    299  1.1     skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    300  1.1     skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    301  1.1     skrll static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    302  1.1     skrll 
    303  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    304  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
    305  1.1     skrll 
    306  1.1     skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    307  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
    308  1.1     skrll 
    309  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    310  1.1     skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    311  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    312  1.1     skrll 
    313  1.1     skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    314  1.1     skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
    315  1.1     skrll #endif
    316  1.1     skrll 
    317  1.1     skrll /* The current $gp register.  */
    318  1.1     skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    319  1.1     skrll 
    320  1.1     skrll /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    321  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    322  1.1     skrll 
    323  1.1     skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    324  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    325  1.3  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    326  1.1     skrll #endif
    327  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    328  1.1     skrll segT alpha_link_section;
    329  1.3  christos #endif
    330  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    331  1.1     skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    332  1.1     skrll #endif
    333  1.1     skrll 
    334  1.1     skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    335  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    336  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    337  1.1     skrll #endif
    338  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    339  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    340  1.3  christos #endif
    341  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    342  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    343  1.1     skrll #endif
    344  1.1     skrll 
    345  1.1     skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    346  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    347  1.1     skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    348  1.1     skrll #endif
    349  1.1     skrll 
    350  1.1     skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    351  1.1     skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    352  1.1     skrll 
    353  1.1     skrll /* Are macros enabled?  */
    354  1.1     skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    355  1.1     skrll 
    356  1.1     skrll /* Are floats disabled?  */
    357  1.1     skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    358  1.1     skrll 
    359  1.1     skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    360  1.1     skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    361  1.1     skrll 
    362  1.1     skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    363  1.1     skrll      foo:
    364  1.1     skrll        .quad 0
    365  1.3  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    366  1.3  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    367  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    368  1.3  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    369  1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    370  1.3  christos #endif
    371  1.3  christos 
    372  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    373  1.1     skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    374  1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    375  1.1     skrll #endif
    376  1.1     skrll 
    377  1.1     skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    378  1.1     skrll    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    379  1.1     skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    380  1.1     skrll 
    381  1.1     skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    382  1.1     skrll static int alpha_current_align;
    383  1.1     skrll 
    384  1.1     skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    385  1.1     skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    386  1.1     skrll 
    387  1.1     skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    388  1.1     skrll static int alpha_debug;
    389  1.1     skrll 
    390  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    391  1.1     skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    392  1.3  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    393  1.3  christos #endif
    394  1.3  christos 
    395  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    396  1.3  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    397  1.1     skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    398  1.1     skrll #endif
    399  1.1     skrll 
    400  1.1     skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    401  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
    402  1.1     skrll 
    403  1.1     skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    404  1.1     skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
    405  1.3  christos 
    406  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    407  1.1     skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    408  1.1     skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
    409  1.1     skrll {
    410  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    411  1.1     skrll   int pdsckind;
    412  1.1     skrll   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    413  1.1     skrll   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    414  1.1     skrll   int rsa_offset;
    415  1.1     skrll   int ra_save;
    416  1.1     skrll   int fp_save;
    417  1.1     skrll   long imask;
    418  1.3  christos   long fmask;
    419  1.3  christos   int type;
    420  1.3  christos   int prologue;
    421  1.3  christos   symbolS *handler;
    422  1.3  christos   int handler_data;
    423  1.3  christos };
    424  1.3  christos 
    425  1.3  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    426  1.3  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    427  1.3  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    428  1.4  christos 
    429  1.1     skrll /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    430  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    431  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    432  1.1     skrll 
    433  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    434  1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    435  1.1     skrll 
    436  1.1     skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    437  1.1     skrll    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    438  1.1     skrll 
    439  1.1     skrll #endif
    440  1.1     skrll 
    441  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    443  1.1     skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    444  1.1     skrll    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    445  1.1     skrll    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    446  1.1     skrll 
    447  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    448  1.1     skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    449  1.1     skrll 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    450  1.1     skrll 		  : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
    451  1.1     skrll 
    452  1.1     skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    453  1.1     skrll  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    454  1.1     skrll 
    455  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    456  1.3  christos {
    457  1.1     skrll   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    458  1.1     skrll   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    459  1.1     skrll   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    460  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    461  1.1     skrll   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    462  1.1     skrll   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    463  1.1     skrll }
    464  1.1     skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
    465  1.1     skrll {
    466  1.1     skrll   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    467  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    468  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    469  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    470  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    471  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    472  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    473  1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    474  1.1     skrll   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    475  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    476  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    477  1.1     skrll   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    478  1.1     skrll   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    479  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    480  1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    481  1.1     skrll   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    482  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    483  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    484  1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    485  1.1     skrll   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    486  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    487  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    488  1.1     skrll   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    489  1.1     skrll };
    490  1.1     skrll 
    491  1.1     skrll #undef DEF
    492  1.1     skrll 
    493  1.1     skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    494  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    495  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    496  1.1     skrll 
    497  1.1     skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    498  1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    499  1.1     skrll 
    500  1.3  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    501  1.3  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    502  1.3  christos {
    503  1.3  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    504  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    505  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    506  1.1     skrll   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    507  1.1     skrll #endif
    508  1.1     skrll   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    509  1.1     skrll   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    510  1.1     skrll   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    511  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    512  1.1     skrll   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    513  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    514  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    515  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    516  1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    517  1.1     skrll   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    518  1.1     skrll   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    519  1.1     skrll };
    520  1.1     skrll 
    521  1.1     skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    522  1.1     skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
    523  1.1     skrll 
    524  1.1     skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    525  1.1     skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    526  1.1     skrll 
    527  1.1     skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    529  1.1     skrll 
    530  1.1     skrll static const struct cpu_type
    531  1.1     skrll {
    532  1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    533  1.1     skrll   unsigned flags;
    534  1.1     skrll }
    535  1.1     skrll cpu_types[] =
    536  1.1     skrll {
    537  1.1     skrll   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    538  1.1     skrll      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    539  1.1     skrll      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    540  1.1     skrll      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    541  1.1     skrll 
    542  1.1     skrll   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    543  1.1     skrll   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    544  1.1     skrll   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    545  1.1     skrll   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    546  1.1     skrll   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    547  1.1     skrll   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    548  1.1     skrll   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    549  1.1     skrll 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    550  1.1     skrll   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    551  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    552  1.1     skrll   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    553  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    554  1.1     skrll   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    555  1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    556  1.1     skrll 
    557  1.1     skrll   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    558  1.1     skrll   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    559  1.1     skrll   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    560  1.1     skrll   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    561  1.1     skrll   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    562  1.1     skrll   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    563  1.1     skrll   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    564  1.1     skrll   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    565  1.1     skrll   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    566  1.1     skrll 
    567  1.1     skrll   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    568  1.1     skrll   { 0, 0 }
    569  1.1     skrll };
    570  1.1     skrll 
    571  1.1     skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    572  1.1     skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    573  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    574  1.1     skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    575  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    576  1.1     skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    577  1.3  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    578  1.1     skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    579  1.1     skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    580  1.3  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    581  1.6  christos 
    582  1.4  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    583  1.3  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    584  1.1     skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    585  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    586  1.1     skrll static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    587  1.1     skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    588  1.1     skrll #endif
    589  1.1     skrll 
    590  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    592  1.1     skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    593  1.1     skrll {
    594  1.1     skrll   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    595  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    596  1.1     skrll 
    597  1.1     skrll   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    598  1.1     skrll 
    599  1.3  christos   info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    600  1.3  christos   if (! info)
    601  1.1     skrll     {
    602  1.1     skrll       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    603  1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg;
    604  1.1     skrll 
    605  1.1     skrll       info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
    606  1.1     skrll           xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    607  1.2       snj 
    608  1.3  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    609  1.3  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    610  1.3  christos       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    611  1.3  christos       errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
    612  1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
    613  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
    614  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    615  1.1     skrll       info->sym = 0;
    616  1.1     skrll       info->psym = 0;
    617  1.3  christos #endif
    618  1.3  christos     }
    619  1.1     skrll 
    620  1.1     skrll   return info;
    621  1.1     skrll }
    622  1.1     skrll 
    623  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    624  1.1     skrll 
    625  1.1     skrll static void
    626  1.1     skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    627  1.1     skrll 		     asection *sec,
    628  1.1     skrll 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    629  1.1     skrll {
    630  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    631  1.1     skrll   fixS **prevP;
    632  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
    633  1.1     skrll   fixS *next;
    634  1.1     skrll   fixS *slave;
    635  1.1     skrll 
    636  1.1     skrll   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    637  1.1     skrll      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    638  1.1     skrll      the links in place.  */
    639  1.1     skrll   if (seginfo == NULL)
    640  1.1     skrll     return;
    641  1.1     skrll 
    642  1.1     skrll   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    643  1.1     skrll   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    644  1.1     skrll     return;
    645  1.1     skrll 
    646  1.1     skrll   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    647  1.1     skrll      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    648  1.1     skrll   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    649  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    650  1.1     skrll     {
    651  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    652  1.1     skrll       fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
    653  1.1     skrll 
    654  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    655  1.1     skrll 	{
    656  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    657  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    658  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    659  1.1     skrll 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    660  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    661  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    662  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    663  1.1     skrll 	    {
    664  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    665  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    666  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    667  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    668  1.1     skrll 	    }
    669  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    670  1.1     skrll 	    {
    671  1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    672  1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    673  1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    674  1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    675  1.1     skrll 	    }
    676  1.1     skrll #endif
    677  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    678  1.1     skrll 
    679  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    680  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    681  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    682  1.1     skrll 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    683  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    684  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    685  1.1     skrll 
    686  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    687  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    688  1.1     skrll 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    689  1.1     skrll 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    690  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    691  1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    692  1.1     skrll 
    693  1.1     skrll 	default:
    694  1.1     skrll 	  *prevP = fixp;
    695  1.1     skrll 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    696  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    697  1.1     skrll 	}
    698  1.1     skrll     }
    699  1.1     skrll 
    700  1.1     skrll   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    701  1.1     skrll      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    702  1.1     skrll      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    703  1.1     skrll      once again.
    704  1.1     skrll 
    705  1.1     skrll      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    706  1.1     skrll      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    707  1.1     skrll      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    708  1.1     skrll      get the relaxation correct.
    709  1.7  christos 
    710  1.1     skrll      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    711  1.1     skrll      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    712  1.1     skrll      present.  Not implemented.
    713  1.1     skrll 
    714  1.1     skrll      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    715  1.1     skrll      in different segments.  This can happen with "interesting" uses of
    716  1.1     skrll      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    717  1.1     skrll 
    718  1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    719  1.1     skrll     {
    720  1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    721  1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    722  1.1     skrll 	{
    723  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    724  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    725  1.1     skrll 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    726  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    727  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    728  1.1     skrll 	    break;
    729  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    730  1.1     skrll 	    {
    731  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    732  1.1     skrll 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    733  1.1     skrll 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    734  1.1     skrll 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    735  1.1     skrll 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    736  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    737  1.1     skrll 	    }
    738  1.1     skrll 
    739  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    740  1.1     skrll 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    741  1.1     skrll 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    742  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
    743  1.1     skrll 
    744  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    745  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    746  1.1     skrll 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    747  1.1     skrll 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    748  1.1     skrll 	    {
    749  1.1     skrll 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    750  1.1     skrll 		   slave != (fixS *) 0;
    751  1.1     skrll 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    752  1.1     skrll 		{
    753  1.1     skrll 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    754  1.1     skrll 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    755  1.1     skrll 		}
    756  1.1     skrll 	    }
    757  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    758  1.1     skrll 
    759  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    760  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    761  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    762  1.1     skrll 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    763  1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    764  1.1     skrll 	  else
    765  1.1     skrll 	    {
    766  1.1     skrll 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    767  1.1     skrll 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    768  1.1     skrll 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    769  1.1     skrll 	    }
    770  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    771  1.1     skrll 
    772  1.1     skrll 	default:
    773  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    774  1.1     skrll 	}
    775  1.1     skrll     }
    776  1.1     skrll }
    777  1.1     skrll 
    778  1.1     skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    779  1.1     skrll    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    780  1.1     skrll    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    781  1.1     skrll 
    782  1.3  christos void
    783  1.3  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    784  1.1     skrll {
    785  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    786  1.1     skrll     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    787  1.1     skrll }
    788  1.1     skrll 
    789  1.1     skrll #endif
    790  1.1     skrll 
    791  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    793  1.1     skrll static void
    794  1.1     skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    795  1.1     skrll {
    796  1.1     skrll   int i;
    797  1.1     skrll 
    798  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    799  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    800  1.1     skrll     {
    801  1.1     skrll       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    802  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
    803  1.1     skrll 
    804  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
    805  1.1     skrll 	{
    806  1.1     skrll 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    807  1.1     skrll 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    808  1.1     skrll 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    809  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    810  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    811  1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    812  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    813  1.1     skrll 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    814  1.1     skrll 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    815  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    816  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    817  1.1     skrll 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    818  1.1     skrll 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    819  1.1     skrll 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    820  1.1     skrll 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    821  1.1     skrll 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    822  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    823  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    824  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    825  1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    826  1.1     skrll 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    827  1.1     skrll 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    828  1.1     skrll 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    829  1.1     skrll 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    830  1.1     skrll 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    831  1.1     skrll 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    832  1.1     skrll 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    833  1.1     skrll 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    834  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    835  1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    836  1.1     skrll 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    837  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    838  1.1     skrll 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    839  1.1     skrll 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    840  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    841  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    842  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    843  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    844  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    845  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    846  1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    847  1.1     skrll 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    848  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    849  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    850  1.1     skrll 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    851  1.1     skrll 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    852  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    853  1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    854  1.1     skrll 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    855  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    856  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    857  1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    858  1.1     skrll 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    859  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    860  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    861  1.1     skrll 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    862  1.1     skrll 	}
    863  1.1     skrll 
    864  1.1     skrll       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    865  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    866  1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    867  1.1     skrll 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    868  1.1     skrll     }
    869  1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    870  1.1     skrll   fflush (stderr);
    871  1.1     skrll }
    872  1.1     skrll #endif
    873  1.1     skrll 
    874  1.1     skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    875  1.1     skrll 
    876  1.1     skrll static int
    877  1.1     skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    878  1.1     skrll 		    expressionS tok[],
    879  1.1     skrll 		    int ntok)
    880  1.1     skrll {
    881  1.1     skrll   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    882  1.1     skrll   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    883  1.1     skrll   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    884  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    885  1.1     skrll   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    886  1.1     skrll #endif
    887  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    888  1.1     skrll   char *p;
    889  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    890  1.1     skrll   int c, i;
    891  1.1     skrll   size_t len;
    892  1.1     skrll   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    893  1.1     skrll #endif
    894  1.1     skrll 
    895  1.1     skrll   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    896  1.1     skrll 
    897  1.1     skrll   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    898  1.1     skrll   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    899  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = str;
    900  1.1     skrll 
    901  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    902  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    903  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
    904  1.1     skrll #endif
    905  1.1     skrll 
    906  1.1     skrll   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    907  1.1     skrll     {
    908  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    909  1.1     skrll       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    910  1.1     skrll 	{
    911  1.1     skrll 	case '\0':
    912  1.1     skrll 	  goto fini;
    913  1.1     skrll 
    914  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    915  1.1     skrll 	case '!':
    916  1.1     skrll 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    917  1.1     skrll 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    918  1.1     skrll 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    919  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    920  1.1     skrll 	    {
    921  1.1     skrll 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    922  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    923  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    924  1.5  christos 	    }
    925  1.1     skrll 
    926  1.1     skrll 	  if (!saw_arg)
    927  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    928  1.1     skrll 
    929  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    930  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    931  1.1     skrll 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    932  1.1     skrll 
    933  1.1     skrll 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    934  1.1     skrll 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    935  1.1     skrll 	  if (len == 0)
    936  1.1     skrll 	    {
    937  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    938  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    939  1.1     skrll 	    }
    940  1.1     skrll 
    941  1.1     skrll 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    942  1.1     skrll 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    943  1.1     skrll 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    944  1.1     skrll 	      break;
    945  1.5  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    946  1.1     skrll 	    {
    947  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    948  1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    949  1.1     skrll 	    }
    950  1.1     skrll 
    951  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
    952  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
    953  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    954  1.1     skrll 	    {
    955  1.1     skrll 	      if (r->require_seq)
    956  1.1     skrll 		{
    957  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    958  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    959  1.1     skrll 		}
    960  1.1     skrll 
    961  1.1     skrll 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    962  1.1     skrll 	    }
    963  1.1     skrll 	  else
    964  1.1     skrll 	    {
    965  1.1     skrll 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    966  1.1     skrll 		{
    967  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    968  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    969  1.1     skrll 		}
    970  1.1     skrll 
    971  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
    972  1.1     skrll 
    973  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    974  1.1     skrll 	      expression (tok);
    975  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    976  1.1     skrll 		{
    977  1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    978  1.1     skrll 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    979  1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    980  1.1     skrll 		}
    981  1.1     skrll 	    }
    982  1.1     skrll 
    983  1.1     skrll 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    984  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    985  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
    986  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    987  1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    988  1.1     skrll 
    989  1.1     skrll 	case ',':
    990  1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    991  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    992  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    993  1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 1;
    994  1.1     skrll 	  break;
    995  1.1     skrll 
    996  1.1     skrll 	case '(':
    997  1.1     skrll 	  {
    998  1.1     skrll 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    999  1.1     skrll 
   1000  1.1     skrll 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
   1001  1.1     skrll 	    expression (tok);
   1002  1.1     skrll 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
   1003  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1004  1.1     skrll 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
   1005  1.1     skrll 		saw_comma = 0;
   1006  1.1     skrll 		saw_arg = 1;
   1007  1.1     skrll 		++input_line_pointer;
   1008  1.7  christos 		++tok;
   1009  1.1     skrll 		break;
   1010  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1011  1.1     skrll 
   1012  1.1     skrll 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
   1013  1.1     skrll 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
   1014  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1015  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1016  1.1     skrll 
   1017  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1018  1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1019  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1020  1.1     skrll 
   1021  1.1     skrll 	  expression (tok);
   1022  1.1     skrll 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1023  1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1024  1.1     skrll 
   1025  1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1026  1.1     skrll 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1027  1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
   1028  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1029  1.1     skrll 	}
   1030  1.1     skrll     }
   1031  1.1     skrll 
   1032  1.1     skrll fini:
   1033  1.1     skrll   if (saw_comma)
   1034  1.1     skrll     goto err;
   1035  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1036  1.1     skrll 
   1037  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1038  1.1     skrll   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1039  1.1     skrll #endif
   1040  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1041  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1042  1.1     skrll #endif
   1043  1.1     skrll 
   1044  1.1     skrll   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1045  1.1     skrll 
   1046  1.1     skrll err:
   1047  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1048  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1049  1.1     skrll #endif
   1050  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1051  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1052  1.1     skrll 
   1053  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1054  1.1     skrll err_report:
   1055  1.1     skrll   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1056  1.1     skrll #endif
   1057  1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1058  1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1059  1.1     skrll }
   1060  1.1     skrll 
   1061  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1062  1.1     skrll    syntax match.  */
   1063  1.1     skrll 
   1064  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1065  1.1     skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1066  1.1     skrll 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1067  1.1     skrll 		   int *pntok,
   1068  1.1     skrll 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1069  1.1     skrll {
   1070  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1071  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   1072  1.1     skrll   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1073  1.1     skrll 
   1074  1.1     skrll   do
   1075  1.1     skrll     {
   1076  1.1     skrll       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1077  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   1078  1.1     skrll 
   1079  1.1     skrll       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1080  1.1     skrll       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1081  1.1     skrll 	goto match_failed;
   1082  1.1     skrll 
   1083  1.1     skrll       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1084  1.1     skrll 
   1085  1.1     skrll       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1086  1.1     skrll 	{
   1087  1.1     skrll 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1088  1.1     skrll 
   1089  1.1     skrll 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1090  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1091  1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1092  1.1     skrll 
   1093  1.1     skrll 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1094  1.1     skrll 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1095  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1096  1.1     skrll 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1097  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1098  1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   1099  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1100  1.1     skrll 
   1101  1.1     skrll 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1102  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1103  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1104  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1105  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1106  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1107  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1108  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1109  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1110  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1111  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1112  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1113  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1114  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1115  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1116  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1117  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1118  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1119  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1120  1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1121  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1122  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1123  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1124  1.1     skrll 
   1125  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1126  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1127  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1128  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1129  1.1     skrll 		{
   1130  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   1131  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   1132  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   1133  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   1134  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   1135  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   1136  1.1     skrll 
   1137  1.1     skrll 		default:
   1138  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   1139  1.1     skrll 		}
   1140  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1141  1.1     skrll 
   1142  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1143  1.1     skrll 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1144  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1145  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1146  1.1     skrll 	  ++tokidx;
   1147  1.1     skrll 	}
   1148  1.1     skrll 
   1149  1.1     skrll       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1150  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1151  1.1     skrll 	{
   1152  1.1     skrll 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1153  1.1     skrll 	  return opcode;
   1154  1.1     skrll 	}
   1155  1.1     skrll 
   1156  1.1     skrll     match_failed:;
   1157  1.1     skrll     }
   1158  1.1     skrll   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1159  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1160  1.1     skrll 
   1161  1.1     skrll   if (*pcpumatch)
   1162  1.1     skrll     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1163  1.1     skrll 
   1164  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   1165  1.1     skrll }
   1166  1.1     skrll 
   1167  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1168  1.1     skrll    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1169  1.1     skrll 
   1170  1.1     skrll    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1171  1.1     skrll    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1172  1.1     skrll 
   1173  1.1     skrll static void
   1174  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1175  1.1     skrll 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1176  1.1     skrll 			 int ntok,
   1177  1.1     skrll 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1178  1.1     skrll {
   1179  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1180  1.1     skrll 
   1181  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1182  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   1183  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   1184  1.1     skrll     {
   1185  1.1     skrll       int cpumatch;
   1186  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1187  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   1188  1.1     skrll 	{
   1189  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1190  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   1191  1.1     skrll 	}
   1192  1.1     skrll       else if (cpumatch)
   1193  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1194  1.1     skrll       else
   1195  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1196  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   1197  1.1     skrll     }
   1198  1.1     skrll   else
   1199  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1200  1.1     skrll }
   1201  1.1     skrll 
   1202  1.1     skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1203  1.1     skrll    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1204  1.1     skrll 
   1205  1.1     skrll static void
   1206  1.1     skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1207  1.1     skrll 			segT *secp,
   1208  1.1     skrll 			symbolS **symp)
   1209  1.1     skrll {
   1210  1.1     skrll   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1211  1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1212  1.1     skrll   segT new_sec;
   1213  1.1     skrll 
   1214  1.1     skrll   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1215  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1216  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
   1217  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
   1218  1.1     skrll 			 SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
   1219  1.1     skrll 			 | SEC_DATA);
   1220  1.1     skrll 
   1221  1.1     skrll   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1222  1.1     skrll }
   1223  1.1     skrll 
   1224  1.1     skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1225  1.1     skrll 
   1226  1.1     skrll    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1227  1.1     skrll    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1228  1.1     skrll    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1229  1.1     skrll    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1230  1.1     skrll 
   1231  1.1     skrll    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1232  1.1     skrll    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1233  1.1     skrll    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1234  1.1     skrll    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1235  1.1     skrll    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1236  1.1     skrll    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1237  1.1     skrll 
   1238  1.1     skrll    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1239  1.1     skrll    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1240  1.1     skrll 
   1241  1.1     skrll    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1242  1.3  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1243  1.3  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1244  1.1     skrll 
   1245  1.1     skrll static long
   1246  1.1     skrll load_expression (int targreg,
   1247  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1248  1.1     skrll 		 int *pbasereg,
   1249  1.1     skrll 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1250  1.1     skrll 		 const char *opname)
   1251  1.1     skrll {
   1252  1.1     skrll   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1253  1.1     skrll   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1254  1.1     skrll   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1255  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1256  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1257  1.1     skrll 
   1258  1.1     skrll   switch (exp->X_op)
   1259  1.1     skrll     {
   1260  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   1261  1.1     skrll       {
   1262  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1263  1.1     skrll 	offsetT lit;
   1264  1.1     skrll 
   1265  1.1     skrll 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1266  1.1     skrll 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1267  1.1     skrll 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1268  1.1     skrll 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1269  1.1     skrll 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1270  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1271  1.1     skrll 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1272  1.1     skrll 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1273  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1274  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1275  1.1     skrll 	else
   1276  1.1     skrll 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1277  1.1     skrll 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1278  1.1     skrll 
   1279  1.1     skrll 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1280  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1281  1.1     skrll 
   1282  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1283  1.1     skrll 
   1284  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1285  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1286  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1287  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1288  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1289  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1290  1.1     skrll 
   1291  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1292  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1293  1.1     skrll 	else
   1294  1.3  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1295  1.1     skrll 
   1296  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1297  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1298  1.1     skrll 
   1299  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1300  1.1     skrll 
   1301  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1302  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1303  1.1     skrll 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1304  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1305  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1306  1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1307  1.1     skrll 
   1308  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1309  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1310  1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1311  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1312  1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1313  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1314  1.1     skrll 
   1315  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1316  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1317  1.1     skrll 	else
   1318  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1319  1.1     skrll 
   1320  1.1     skrll 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1321  1.1     skrll 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1322  1.1     skrll 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1323  1.1     skrll 	if (1
   1324  1.1     skrll 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1325  1.1     skrll 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1326  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1327  1.1     skrll 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1328  1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1329  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1330  1.3  christos 	else
   1331  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1332  1.1     skrll 
   1333  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1334  1.1     skrll 
   1335  1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1336  1.1     skrll 
   1337  1.3  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1338  1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1339  1.3  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1340  1.3  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1341  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1342  1.1     skrll 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1343  1.1     skrll 
   1344  1.1     skrll 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1345  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1346  1.1     skrll             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1347  1.1     skrll             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1348  1.1     skrll 
   1349  1.1     skrll 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1350  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1351  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1352  1.3  christos 		addend = 0;
   1353  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1354  1.1     skrll 	    else
   1355  1.1     skrll 	      {
   1356  1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1357  1.3  christos 	      }
   1358  1.3  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1359  1.3  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1360  1.3  christos 	  }
   1361  1.3  christos 	else
   1362  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1363  1.3  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1364  1.3  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1365  1.3  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1366  1.3  christos 
   1367  1.3  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1368  1.3  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1369  1.3  christos 	      {
   1370  1.3  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1371  1.3  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1372  1.3  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1373  1.3  christos 
   1374  1.3  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1375  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1376  1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1377  1.3  christos 
   1378  1.3  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1379  1.3  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1380  1.3  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1381  1.3  christos 
   1382  1.3  christos 		if (poffset)
   1383  1.3  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1384  1.3  christos 
   1385  1.3  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1386  1.3  christos 		  {
   1387  1.3  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1388  1.6  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1389  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1390  1.3  christos 
   1391  1.3  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1392  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1393  1.3  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1394  1.3  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1395  1.6  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1396  1.4  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1397  1.3  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1398  1.3  christos 
   1399  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1400  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1401  1.3  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1402  1.3  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1403  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1404  1.3  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1405  1.3  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1406  1.3  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1407  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1408  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1409  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1410  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1411  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1412  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1413  1.3  christos 
   1414  1.3  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1415  1.3  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1416  1.3  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1417  1.3  christos 		  }
   1418  1.3  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1419  1.3  christos 		  {
   1420  1.3  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1421  1.6  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1422  1.3  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1423  1.3  christos 
   1424  1.3  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1425  1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1426  1.6  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1427  1.4  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1428  1.3  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1429  1.3  christos 
   1430  1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1431  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1432  1.3  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1433  1.3  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1434  1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1435  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1436  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1437  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1438  1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1439  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1440  1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1441  1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1442  1.3  christos 		  }
   1443  1.3  christos 
   1444  1.3  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1445  1.3  christos 		return 0;
   1446  1.3  christos 	      }
   1447  1.3  christos 	    else
   1448  1.4  christos 	      {
   1449  1.3  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1450  1.3  christos                    section.  */
   1451  1.3  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1452  1.3  christos 
   1453  1.3  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1454  1.1     skrll 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1455  1.1     skrll 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1456  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1457  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1458  1.1     skrll 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1459  1.1     skrll 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1460  1.1     skrll 	      }
   1461  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1462  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1463  1.1     skrll 
   1464  1.1     skrll 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1465  1.1     skrll 
   1466  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1467  1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1468  1.1     skrll 	  {
   1469  1.1     skrll 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1470  1.1     skrll 
   1471  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1472  1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1473  1.1     skrll 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1474  1.1     skrll 	  }
   1475  1.1     skrll #endif
   1476  1.1     skrll 	basereg = targreg;
   1477  1.1     skrll       }
   1478  1.1     skrll       break;
   1479  1.1     skrll 
   1480  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   1481  1.1     skrll       break;
   1482  1.1     skrll 
   1483  1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   1484  1.1     skrll       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1485  1.1     skrll 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1486  1.1     skrll 
   1487  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1488  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1489  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1490  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1491  1.1     skrll 
   1492  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1493  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1494  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1495  1.1     skrll 
   1496  1.1     skrll     case O_big:
   1497  1.1     skrll       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1498  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1499  1.1     skrll       else
   1500  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1501  1.1     skrll       addend = 0;
   1502  1.1     skrll       break;
   1503  1.1     skrll 
   1504  1.1     skrll     default:
   1505  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1506  1.3  christos       addend = 0;
   1507  1.3  christos       break;
   1508  1.1     skrll     }
   1509  1.1     skrll 
   1510  1.3  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1511  1.1     skrll     {
   1512  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1513  1.1     skrll       symbolS *litexp;
   1514  1.1     skrll #else
   1515  1.4  christos       offsetT lit;
   1516  1.1     skrll       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1517  1.3  christos #endif
   1518  1.1     skrll 
   1519  1.1     skrll       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1520  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1521  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1522  1.1     skrll       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1523  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1524  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1525  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1526  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1527  1.1     skrll #else
   1528  1.1     skrll 
   1529  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1530  1.1     skrll 	{
   1531  1.1     skrll 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1532  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1533  1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1534  1.1     skrll 
   1535  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1536  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1537  1.1     skrll 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1538  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1539  1.1     skrll 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1540  1.1     skrll #endif
   1541  1.1     skrll 	}
   1542  1.1     skrll 
   1543  1.1     skrll       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1544  1.1     skrll       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1545  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1546  1.1     skrll 
   1547  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1548  1.1     skrll 
   1549  1.1     skrll       if (targreg == basereg)
   1550  1.1     skrll 	{
   1551  1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1552  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1553  1.1     skrll 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1554  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1555  1.1     skrll 
   1556  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1557  1.1     skrll 	}
   1558  1.1     skrll       else
   1559  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1560  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1561  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1562  1.1     skrll #endif
   1563  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1564  1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1565  1.1     skrll #endif
   1566  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1567  1.1     skrll 
   1568  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1569  1.1     skrll 
   1570  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1571  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1572  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1573  1.1     skrll #endif
   1574  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1575  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1576  1.1     skrll #endif
   1577  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1578  1.1     skrll 
   1579  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1580  1.1     skrll 
   1581  1.3  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1582  1.1     skrll 
   1583  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1584  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1585  1.1     skrll 
   1586  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1587  1.1     skrll 
   1588  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1589  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1590  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1591  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   1592  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1593  1.1     skrll       emit_lituse = 0;
   1594  1.1     skrll 
   1595  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1596  1.1     skrll 
   1597  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1598  1.1     skrll 
   1599  1.1     skrll       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1600  1.1     skrll 	{
   1601  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1602  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1603  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1604  1.1     skrll 	}
   1605  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1606  1.1     skrll 
   1607  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1608  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1609  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1610  1.1     skrll     }
   1611  1.1     skrll   else
   1612  1.1     skrll     {
   1613  1.1     skrll       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1614  1.1     skrll 
   1615  1.1     skrll       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1616  1.1     skrll 
   1617  1.1     skrll       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1618  1.1     skrll       tmp = addend - low;
   1619  1.1     skrll       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1620  1.1     skrll 
   1621  1.1     skrll       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1622  1.1     skrll 	{
   1623  1.1     skrll 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1624  1.1     skrll 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1625  1.1     skrll 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1626  1.1     skrll 	}
   1627  1.1     skrll       else
   1628  1.1     skrll 	extra = 0;
   1629  1.1     skrll 
   1630  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1631  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1632  1.1     skrll 
   1633  1.1     skrll       if (extra)
   1634  1.1     skrll 	{
   1635  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1636  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1637  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1638  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1639  1.1     skrll 	}
   1640  1.1     skrll 
   1641  1.1     skrll       if (high)
   1642  1.1     skrll 	{
   1643  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1644  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1645  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1646  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1647  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1648  1.1     skrll 	}
   1649  1.1     skrll 
   1650  1.1     skrll       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1651  1.1     skrll 	{
   1652  1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1653  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1654  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1655  1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1656  1.1     skrll 	  low = 0;
   1657  1.1     skrll 	}
   1658  1.1     skrll 
   1659  1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1660  1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1661  1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1662  1.1     skrll     }
   1663  1.1     skrll 
   1664  1.1     skrll   return emit_lituse;
   1665  1.1     skrll }
   1666  1.1     skrll 
   1667  1.1     skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1668  1.1     skrll    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1669  1.1     skrll    large constants.  */
   1670  1.1     skrll 
   1671  1.1     skrll static void
   1672  1.1     skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1673  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   1674  1.1     skrll 	  const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1675  1.1     skrll {
   1676  1.3  christos   int basereg;
   1677  1.1     skrll 
   1678  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   1679  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1680  1.1     skrll   else
   1681  1.1     skrll     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1682  1.1     skrll 
   1683  1.1     skrll   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1684  1.1     skrll }
   1685  1.1     skrll 
   1686  1.1     skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1687  1.1     skrll    as an implied base register.  */
   1688  1.1     skrll 
   1689  1.1     skrll static void
   1690  1.1     skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1691  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1692  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1693  1.1     skrll {
   1694  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1695  1.1     skrll 
   1696  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1697  1.1     skrll   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1698  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1699  1.1     skrll 
   1700  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1701  1.1     skrll }
   1702  1.1     skrll 
   1703  1.1     skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1704  1.1     skrll    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1705  1.1     skrll    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1706  1.1     skrll    feature wrt labels.  */
   1707  1.1     skrll 
   1708  1.1     skrll static void
   1709  1.1     skrll alpha_align (int n,
   1710  1.1     skrll 	     char *pfill,
   1711  1.1     skrll 	     symbolS *label,
   1712  1.1     skrll 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1713  1.1     skrll {
   1714  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1715  1.1     skrll     return;
   1716  1.1     skrll 
   1717  1.1     skrll   if (pfill == NULL)
   1718  1.1     skrll     {
   1719  1.1     skrll       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1720  1.1     skrll 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1721  1.1     skrll       else
   1722  1.1     skrll 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1723  1.1     skrll     }
   1724  1.1     skrll   else
   1725  1.1     skrll     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1726  1.1     skrll 
   1727  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = n;
   1728  1.1     skrll 
   1729  1.1     skrll   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1730  1.1     skrll     {
   1731  1.1     skrll       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1732  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
   1733  1.1     skrll     }
   1734  1.1     skrll 
   1735  1.1     skrll   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1736  1.1     skrll 
   1737  1.1     skrll   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1738  1.1     skrll      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1739  1.1     skrll }
   1740  1.1     skrll 
   1741  1.1     skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1742  1.1     skrll 
   1743  1.1     skrll static void
   1744  1.1     skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1745  1.1     skrll {
   1746  1.1     skrll   char *f;
   1747  1.1     skrll   int i;
   1748  1.1     skrll 
   1749  1.1     skrll   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1750  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1751  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1752  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1753  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1754  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1755  1.1     skrll 
   1756  1.1     skrll   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1757  1.1     skrll   f = frag_more (4);
   1758  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1759  1.1     skrll 
   1760  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1761  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1762  1.1     skrll #endif
   1763  1.1     skrll 
   1764  1.1     skrll   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1765  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1766  1.1     skrll     {
   1767  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
   1768  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1769  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1770  1.1     skrll       int size, pcrel;
   1771  1.1     skrll       fixS *fixP;
   1772  1.1     skrll 
   1773  1.1     skrll       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1774  1.1     skrll       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1775  1.1     skrll 	{
   1776  1.1     skrll 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1777  1.1     skrll 	  size = 4;
   1778  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1779  1.1     skrll 	}
   1780  1.1     skrll       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1781  1.1     skrll 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1782  1.3  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1783  1.3  christos 	{
   1784  1.3  christos 	  size = 2;
   1785  1.3  christos 	  pcrel = 0;
   1786  1.1     skrll 	}
   1787  1.1     skrll       else
   1788  1.1     skrll 	{
   1789  1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1790  1.3  christos               bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1791  1.3  christos                                      (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1792  1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1793  1.3  christos 
   1794  1.3  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1795  1.3  christos 
   1796  1.3  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1797  1.3  christos 	    {
   1798  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1799  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1800  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1801  1.5  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1802  1.1     skrll 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1803  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1804  1.1     skrll #endif
   1805  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1806  1.3  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1807  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1808  1.1     skrll 
   1809  1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1810  1.1     skrll 	}
   1811  1.1     skrll 
   1812  1.1     skrll       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1813  1.1     skrll 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1814  1.1     skrll 
   1815  1.1     skrll       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1816  1.1     skrll          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1817  1.1     skrll       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1818  1.1     skrll 	{
   1819  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1820  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1821  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1822  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1823  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1824  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1825  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1826  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1827  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1828  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1829  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1830  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1831  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1832  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1833  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1834  1.1     skrll 
   1835  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1836  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1837  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1838  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1839  1.1     skrll 
   1840  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1841  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1842  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1843  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1844  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1845  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1846  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1847  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1848  1.1     skrll 
   1849  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1850  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1851  1.1     skrll 
   1852  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1853  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1854  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1855  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1856  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1857  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1858  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1859  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1860  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1861  1.1     skrll 
   1862  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1863  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1864  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1865  1.1     skrll 
   1866  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1867  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1868  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1869  1.1     skrll 	  info->master = fixP;
   1870  1.1     skrll 	  info->n_master++;
   1871  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1872  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1873  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1874  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1875  1.1     skrll 
   1876  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1877  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1878  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1879  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1880  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1881  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1882  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1883  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1884  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1885  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1886  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1887  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1888  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1889  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1890  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1891  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1892  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1893  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1894  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1895  1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1896  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1897  1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1898  1.1     skrll 	do_lituse:
   1899  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1900  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1901  1.1     skrll 
   1902  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1903  1.1     skrll 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1904  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1905  1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1906  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1907  1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1908  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1909  1.1     skrll 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1910  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1911  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1912  1.1     skrll 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1913  1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1914  1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1915  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1916  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1917  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1918  1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1919  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1920  1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1921  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1922  1.1     skrll 
   1923  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1924  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1925  1.1     skrll 
   1926  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1927  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1928  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1929  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1930  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1931  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1932  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1933  1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1934  1.1     skrll 	  else
   1935  1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1936  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1937  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1938  1.1     skrll 
   1939  1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1940  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1941  1.1     skrll 
   1942  1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1943  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1944  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1945  1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1946  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1947  1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1948  1.3  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1949  1.3  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1950  1.3  christos 	  else
   1951  1.3  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1952  1.3  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1953  1.3  christos 	  break;
   1954  1.3  christos #endif
   1955  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1956  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1957  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1958  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1959  1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1960  1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1961  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1962  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1963  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1964  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1965  1.1     skrll #endif
   1966  1.1     skrll 
   1967  1.1     skrll 	default:
   1968  1.1     skrll 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1969  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1970  1.1     skrll 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1971  1.1     skrll 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1972  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1973  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1974  1.1     skrll 	}
   1975  1.1     skrll     }
   1976  1.1     skrll }
   1977  1.6  christos 
   1978  1.1     skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1979  1.1     skrll 
   1980  1.1     skrll static unsigned
   1981  1.1     skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1982  1.1     skrll 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1983  1.1     skrll 		offsetT val,
   1984  1.1     skrll 		const char *file,
   1985  1.1     skrll 		unsigned line)
   1986  1.1     skrll {
   1987  1.1     skrll   if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1988  1.1     skrll     {
   1989  1.1     skrll       offsetT min, max;
   1990  1.1     skrll 
   1991  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1992  1.1     skrll 	{
   1993  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1994  1.1     skrll 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1995  1.1     skrll 	}
   1996  1.4  christos       else
   1997  1.1     skrll 	{
   1998  1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1999  1.1     skrll 	  min = 0;
   2000  1.1     skrll 	}
   2001  1.1     skrll 
   2002  1.1     skrll       if (val < min || val > max)
   2003  1.1     skrll 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   2004  1.1     skrll     }
   2005  1.2       snj 
   2006  1.1     skrll   if (operand->insert)
   2007  1.1     skrll     {
   2008  1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2009  1.1     skrll 
   2010  1.1     skrll       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2011  1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
   2012  1.1     skrll 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   2013  1.1     skrll     }
   2014  1.1     skrll   else
   2015  1.1     skrll     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2016  1.1     skrll 
   2017  1.1     skrll   return insn;
   2018  1.1     skrll }
   2019  1.1     skrll 
   2020  1.1     skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2021  1.3  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2022  1.1     skrll 
   2023  1.1     skrll static void
   2024  1.1     skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2025  1.1     skrll 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2026  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2027  1.1     skrll 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2028  1.1     skrll 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2029  1.1     skrll {
   2030  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2031  1.1     skrll   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2032  1.1     skrll   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2033  1.1     skrll   unsigned image;
   2034  1.1     skrll   int tokidx = 0;
   2035  1.1     skrll 
   2036  1.1     skrll   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2037  1.1     skrll   image = opcode->opcode;
   2038  1.1     skrll 
   2039  1.1     skrll   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2040  1.1     skrll     {
   2041  1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2042  1.1     skrll       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   2043  1.1     skrll 
   2044  1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2045  1.1     skrll 	{
   2046  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2047  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2048  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2049  1.1     skrll 	}
   2050  1.1     skrll 
   2051  1.1     skrll       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2052  1.1     skrll 	{
   2053  1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2054  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2055  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2056  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[0];
   2057  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2058  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2059  1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[1];
   2060  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2061  1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2062  1.1     skrll 	      {
   2063  1.1     skrll 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2064  1.1     skrll 		t = &zero_exp;
   2065  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2066  1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2067  1.1     skrll 	      }
   2068  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2069  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2070  1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   2071  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2072  1.1     skrll 	}
   2073  1.1     skrll       else
   2074  1.1     skrll 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2075  1.1     skrll 
   2076  1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
   2077  1.1     skrll 	{
   2078  1.1     skrll 	case O_register:
   2079  1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:
   2080  1.3  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2081  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2082  1.1     skrll 				  NULL, 0);
   2083  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2084  1.1     skrll 
   2085  1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:
   2086  1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2087  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2088  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2089  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2090  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2091  1.1     skrll 
   2092  1.1     skrll 	default:
   2093  1.1     skrll 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2094  1.1     skrll 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2095  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2096  1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   2097  1.1     skrll 
   2098  1.1     skrll 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2099  1.1     skrll 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2100  1.1     skrll 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2101  1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2102  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2103  1.1     skrll 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2104  1.1     skrll 
   2105  1.1     skrll 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2106  1.1     skrll 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2107  1.1     skrll 
   2108  1.1     skrll 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2109  1.1     skrll 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2110  1.3  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2111  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2112  1.1     skrll 	  else
   2113  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2114  1.1     skrll 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2115  1.1     skrll 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2116  1.1     skrll 
   2117  1.1     skrll 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2118  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2119  1.1     skrll 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2120  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2121  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2122  1.1     skrll 	}
   2123  1.1     skrll     }
   2124  1.1     skrll 
   2125  1.1     skrll   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2126  1.1     skrll     {
   2127  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2128  1.1     skrll 
   2129  1.1     skrll       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2130  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2131  1.1     skrll 
   2132  1.1     skrll       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2133  1.1     skrll 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2134  1.1     skrll 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2135  1.1     skrll       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2136  1.1     skrll 	{
   2137  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2138  1.1     skrll 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2139  1.3  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2140  1.5  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2141  1.3  christos 	  else
   2142  1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2143  1.1     skrll 	}
   2144  1.3  christos 
   2145  1.3  christos       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2146  1.1     skrll 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2147  1.1     skrll 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2148  1.1     skrll       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2149  1.1     skrll 	{
   2150  1.1     skrll 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2151  1.1     skrll               = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   2152  1.1     skrll                                        (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   2153  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2154  1.1     skrll 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2155  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2156  1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2157  1.1     skrll 	      return;
   2158  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2159  1.1     skrll 	}
   2160  1.1     skrll 
   2161  1.1     skrll       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2162  1.1     skrll       if (reloc_exp)
   2163  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2164  1.1     skrll       else
   2165  1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2166  1.1     skrll       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2167  1.1     skrll     }
   2168  1.1     skrll 
   2169  1.1     skrll   insn->insn = image;
   2170  1.1     skrll }
   2171  1.1     skrll 
   2172  1.1     skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2173  1.1     skrll    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2174  1.1     skrll    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2175  1.1     skrll 
   2176  1.1     skrll static void
   2177  1.1     skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2178  1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   2179  1.3  christos 	      const void * opname)
   2180  1.3  christos {
   2181  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2182  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2183  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2184  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2185  1.1     skrll   const char *symname
   2186  1.1     skrll     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2187  1.3  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2188  1.3  christos 
   2189  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2190  1.3  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2191  1.3  christos   else
   2192  1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2193  1.5  christos 
   2194  1.1     skrll   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2195  1.1     skrll 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2196  1.1     skrll 
   2197  1.1     skrll   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2198  1.1     skrll       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2199  1.1     skrll     return;
   2200  1.1     skrll 
   2201  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2202  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2203  1.1     skrll 
   2204  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2205  1.1     skrll 
   2206  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2207  1.1     skrll     {
   2208  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2209  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2210  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2211  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2212  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2213  1.1     skrll     }
   2214  1.1     skrll 
   2215  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2216  1.1     skrll }
   2217  1.1     skrll 
   2218  1.1     skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2219  1.1     skrll    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2220  1.1     skrll 
   2221  1.1     skrll static void
   2222  1.1     skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2223  1.1     skrll 		int ntok,
   2224  1.1     skrll 		const void * opname)
   2225  1.1     skrll {
   2226  1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2227  1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2228  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2229  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2230  1.1     skrll 
   2231  1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2232  1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2233  1.1     skrll   else
   2234  1.5  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2235  1.3  christos 
   2236  1.1     skrll   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2237  1.1     skrll     {
   2238  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2239  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2240  1.1     skrll 
   2241  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2242  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2243  1.1     skrll     }
   2244  1.1     skrll   else
   2245  1.1     skrll     {
   2246  1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2247  1.1     skrll       lituse = 0;
   2248  1.1     skrll     }
   2249  1.1     skrll 
   2250  1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2251  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2252  1.1     skrll 
   2253  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2254  1.1     skrll 
   2255  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2256  1.1     skrll     {
   2257  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2258  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2259  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2260  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2261  1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2262  1.1     skrll     }
   2263  1.1     skrll 
   2264  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2265  1.1     skrll }
   2266  1.1     skrll 
   2267  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2268  1.1     skrll 
   2269  1.1     skrll static void
   2270  1.1     skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2271  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2272  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2273  1.1     skrll {
   2274  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2275  1.1     skrll     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
   2276  1.1     skrll   else
   2277  1.1     skrll     {
   2278  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2279  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2280  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2281  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2282  1.1     skrll 
   2283  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2284  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2285  1.1     skrll 
   2286  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2287  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2288  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2289  1.1     skrll       else
   2290  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2291  1.1     skrll 
   2292  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2293  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2294  1.1     skrll 
   2295  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2296  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2297  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2298  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2299  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2300  1.1     skrll 
   2301  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2302  1.1     skrll 	{
   2303  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2304  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2305  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2306  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2307  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2308  1.1     skrll 	}
   2309  1.1     skrll 
   2310  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2311  1.1     skrll 
   2312  1.3  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2313  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2314  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2315  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2316  1.1     skrll 
   2317  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2318  1.1     skrll 	{
   2319  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2320  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2321  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2322  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2323  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2324  1.1     skrll 	}
   2325  1.1     skrll 
   2326  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2327  1.1     skrll     }
   2328  1.1     skrll }
   2329  1.1     skrll 
   2330  1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2331  1.1     skrll 
   2332  1.1     skrll static void
   2333  1.1     skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2334  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2335  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2336  1.1     skrll {
   2337  1.1     skrll   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2338  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2339  1.1     skrll }
   2340  1.1     skrll 
   2341  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2342  1.1     skrll    value.  */
   2343  1.1     skrll 
   2344  1.1     skrll static void
   2345  1.1     skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2346  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2347  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2348  1.1     skrll {
   2349  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2350  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2351  1.1     skrll 
   2352  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2353  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2354  1.1     skrll 
   2355  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2356  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2357  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2358  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2359  1.1     skrll 
   2360  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2361  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2362  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2363  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2364  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2365  1.1     skrll 
   2366  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2367  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2368  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2369  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2370  1.1     skrll 
   2371  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2372  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2373  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2374  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2375  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2376  1.1     skrll 
   2377  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2378  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2379  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2380  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2381  1.1     skrll 
   2382  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2383  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2384  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2385  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2386  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2387  1.1     skrll }
   2388  1.1     skrll 
   2389  1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2390  1.1     skrll    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2391  1.1     skrll    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2392  1.1     skrll 
   2393  1.1     skrll static void
   2394  1.1     skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2395  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2396  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2397  1.1     skrll {
   2398  1.1     skrll   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2399  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2400  1.1     skrll }
   2401  1.1     skrll 
   2402  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2403  1.1     skrll 
   2404  1.1     skrll static void
   2405  1.1     skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2406  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2407  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2408  1.1     skrll {
   2409  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[2];
   2410  1.1     skrll 
   2411  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2412  1.1     skrll   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2413  1.1     skrll 
   2414  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2415  1.1     skrll }
   2416  1.1     skrll 
   2417  1.1     skrll /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2418  1.1     skrll 
   2419  1.1     skrll static void
   2420  1.1     skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2421  1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2422  1.1     skrll 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2423  1.1     skrll {
   2424  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2425  1.1     skrll 
   2426  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2427  1.1     skrll     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
   2428  1.1     skrll   else
   2429  1.1     skrll     {
   2430  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2431  1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2432  1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2433  1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2434  1.1     skrll 
   2435  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2436  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2437  1.1     skrll 
   2438  1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2439  1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2440  1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2441  1.1     skrll       else
   2442  1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2443  1.1     skrll 
   2444  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2445  1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2446  1.1     skrll 
   2447  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2448  1.3  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2449  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2450  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2451  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2452  1.1     skrll 
   2453  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2454  1.1     skrll 	{
   2455  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2456  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2457  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2458  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2459  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2460  1.1     skrll 	}
   2461  1.1     skrll 
   2462  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2463  1.1     skrll 
   2464  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2465  1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2466  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2467  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2468  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2469  1.1     skrll 
   2470  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2471  1.1     skrll 	{
   2472  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2473  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2474  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2475  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2476  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2477  1.1     skrll 	}
   2478  1.1     skrll 
   2479  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2480  1.1     skrll 
   2481  1.3  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2482  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2483  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2484  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2485  1.1     skrll 
   2486  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2487  1.1     skrll 	{
   2488  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2489  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2490  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2491  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2492  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2493  1.1     skrll 	}
   2494  1.1     skrll 
   2495  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2496  1.1     skrll 
   2497  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2498  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2499  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2500  1.1     skrll 
   2501  1.3  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2502  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2503  1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2504  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2505  1.1     skrll 
   2506  1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2507  1.1     skrll 	{
   2508  1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2509  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2510  1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2511  1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2512  1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2513  1.1     skrll 	}
   2514  1.1     skrll 
   2515  1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2516  1.1     skrll     }
   2517  1.1     skrll }
   2518  1.1     skrll 
   2519  1.1     skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2520  1.1     skrll 
   2521  1.1     skrll static void
   2522  1.1     skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2523  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2524  1.1     skrll 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2525  1.1     skrll {
   2526  1.1     skrll   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2527  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2528  1.1     skrll 
   2529  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2530  1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2531  1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2532  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2533  1.1     skrll 
   2534  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2535  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2536  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2537  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2538  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2539  1.1     skrll 
   2540  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2541  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2542  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2543  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2544  1.1     skrll 
   2545  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2546  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2547  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2548  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2549  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2550  1.1     skrll 
   2551  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2552  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2553  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2554  1.1     skrll 
   2555  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2556  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2557  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2558  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2559  1.1     skrll 
   2560  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2561  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2562  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2563  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2564  1.1     skrll 
   2565  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2566  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2567  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2568  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2569  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2570  1.1     skrll 
   2571  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2572  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2573  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2574  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2575  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2576  1.1     skrll 
   2577  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2578  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2579  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2580  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2581  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2582  1.1     skrll 
   2583  1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2584  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2585  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2586  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2587  1.1     skrll }
   2588  1.1     skrll 
   2589  1.1     skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2590  1.1     skrll    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2591  1.1     skrll 
   2592  1.1     skrll static void
   2593  1.1     skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2594  1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2595  1.1     skrll 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2596  1.1     skrll {
   2597  1.1     skrll   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2598  1.1     skrll 
   2599  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2600  1.1     skrll     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
   2601  1.1     skrll   else
   2602  1.1     skrll     {
   2603  1.1     skrll       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
   2604  1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2605  1.1     skrll 
   2606  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2607  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2608  1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2609  1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2610  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2611  1.1     skrll 
   2612  1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2613  1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2614  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2615  1.1     skrll     }
   2616  1.1     skrll }
   2617  1.1     skrll 
   2618  1.1     skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2619  1.1     skrll 
   2620  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2621  1.1     skrll 
   2622  1.1     skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2623  1.1     skrll    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2624  1.1     skrll 
   2625  1.1     skrll static void
   2626  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2627  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2628  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2629  1.1     skrll {
   2630  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2631  1.1     skrll 
   2632  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2633  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2634  1.1     skrll      to
   2635  1.1     skrll         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2636  1.1     skrll         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2637  1.1     skrll         lda AT,__OP
   2638  1.1     skrll         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2639  1.1     skrll         mov R0,result
   2640  1.1     skrll 
   2641  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2642  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2643  1.1     skrll 
   2644  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2645  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2646  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2647  1.1     skrll 
   2648  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2649  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2650  1.1     skrll 
   2651  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2652  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2653  1.1     skrll   else
   2654  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2655  1.1     skrll 
   2656  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2657  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2658  1.1     skrll     {
   2659  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2660  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2661  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2662  1.1     skrll 
   2663  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2664  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2665  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2666  1.1     skrll 
   2667  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2668  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2669  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2670  1.1     skrll 
   2671  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2672  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2673  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2674  1.1     skrll     }
   2675  1.1     skrll   else
   2676  1.1     skrll     {
   2677  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2678  1.1     skrll 	{
   2679  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2680  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2681  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2682  1.1     skrll 	}
   2683  1.1     skrll 
   2684  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2685  1.1     skrll 	{
   2686  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2687  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2688  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2689  1.1     skrll 	}
   2690  1.1     skrll 
   2691  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2692  1.1     skrll 	{
   2693  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2694  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2695  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2696  1.1     skrll 	}
   2697  1.1     skrll     }
   2698  1.1     skrll 
   2699  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2700  1.1     skrll 
   2701  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2702  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2703  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2704  1.1     skrll 
   2705  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2706  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2707  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2708  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2709  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2710  1.1     skrll 
   2711  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2712  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2713  1.1     skrll     {
   2714  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2715  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2716  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2717  1.1     skrll     }
   2718  1.1     skrll }
   2719  1.1     skrll 
   2720  1.1     skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2721  1.1     skrll 
   2722  1.1     skrll static void
   2723  1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2724  1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2725  1.1     skrll 	       const void * symname)
   2726  1.1     skrll {
   2727  1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2728  1.1     skrll      Convert
   2729  1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2730  1.1     skrll      to
   2731  1.1     skrll         lda pv,__OP
   2732  1.1     skrll         mov x,t10
   2733  1.1     skrll         mov y,t11
   2734  1.1     skrll         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2735  1.1     skrll         mov t12,result
   2736  1.1     skrll 
   2737  1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2738  1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2739  1.1     skrll 
   2740  1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2741  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2742  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2743  1.1     skrll 
   2744  1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2745  1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2746  1.1     skrll 
   2747  1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2748  1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2749  1.1     skrll   else
   2750  1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2751  1.1     skrll 
   2752  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2753  1.1     skrll 
   2754  1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2755  1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2756  1.1     skrll     {
   2757  1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2758  1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2759  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2760  1.1     skrll 
   2761  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2762  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2763  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2764  1.1     skrll 
   2765  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2766  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2767  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2768  1.1     skrll 
   2769  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2770  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2771  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2772  1.1     skrll     }
   2773  1.1     skrll   else
   2774  1.1     skrll     {
   2775  1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2776  1.1     skrll 	{
   2777  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2778  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2779  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2780  1.1     skrll 	}
   2781  1.1     skrll 
   2782  1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2783  1.1     skrll 	{
   2784  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2785  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2786  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2787  1.1     skrll 	}
   2788  1.1     skrll 
   2789  1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2790  1.1     skrll 	{
   2791  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2792  1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2793  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2794  1.1     skrll 	}
   2795  1.1     skrll     }
   2796  1.1     skrll 
   2797  1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2798  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2799  1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2800  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2801  1.1     skrll 
   2802  1.1     skrll   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2803  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2804  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2805  1.1     skrll #endif
   2806  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2807  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2808  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2809  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2810  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2811  1.1     skrll #endif
   2812  1.1     skrll 
   2813  1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2814  1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2815  1.1     skrll     {
   2816  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2817  1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2818  1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2819  1.1     skrll     }
   2820  1.1     skrll }
   2821  1.1     skrll 
   2822  1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2823  1.1     skrll 
   2824  1.1     skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2825  1.1     skrll    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2826  1.1     skrll    everything.  */
   2827  1.1     skrll 
   2828  1.1     skrll static void
   2829  1.1     skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2830  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2831  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2832  1.1     skrll {
   2833  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2834  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2835  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2836  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2837  1.1     skrll   long lituse = 0;
   2838  1.1     skrll 
   2839  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2840  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2841  1.1     skrll   else
   2842  1.1     skrll     r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2843  1.1     skrll 
   2844  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2845  1.1     skrll 
   2846  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2847  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2848  1.3  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2849  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2850  1.1     skrll   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2851  1.1     skrll #else
   2852  1.1     skrll   else
   2853  1.1     skrll     {
   2854  1.1     skrll       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2855  1.3  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2856  1.1     skrll 				&basereg, NULL, opname);
   2857  1.1     skrll     }
   2858  1.1     skrll #endif
   2859  1.1     skrll 
   2860  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2861  1.1     skrll 
   2862  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2863  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2864  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2865  1.1     skrll   else
   2866  1.3  christos #endif
   2867  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2868  1.1     skrll 
   2869  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2870  1.1     skrll 
   2871  1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2872  1.1     skrll     {
   2873  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2874  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2875  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2876  1.3  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2877  1.3  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2878  1.3  christos     }
   2879  1.3  christos 
   2880  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2881  1.3  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2882  1.3  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2883  1.3  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2884  1.3  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2885  1.6  christos     {
   2886  1.3  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2887  1.3  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2888  1.3  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2889  1.3  christos       char *ensymname;
   2890  1.3  christos 
   2891  1.3  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2892  1.3  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2893  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2894  1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2895  1.3  christos 
   2896  1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2897  1.3  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2898  1.3  christos 	{
   2899  1.3  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2900  1.3  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2901  1.3  christos 	}
   2902  1.3  christos 
   2903  1.3  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2904  1.3  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2905  1.3  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2906  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2907  1.6  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2908  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2909  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2910  1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2911  1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2912  1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2913  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2914  1.1     skrll       free (ensymname);
   2915  1.1     skrll     }
   2916  1.1     skrll #endif
   2917  1.1     skrll 
   2918  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2919  1.1     skrll }
   2920  1.1     skrll 
   2921  1.1     skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2922  1.1     skrll    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2923  1.1     skrll 
   2924  1.1     skrll static void
   2925  1.1     skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2926  1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2927  1.1     skrll 	     const void * vopname)
   2928  1.1     skrll {
   2929  1.1     skrll   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2930  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2931  1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2932  1.1     skrll 
   2933  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2934  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2935  1.1     skrll   else
   2936  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2937  1.1     skrll 
   2938  1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2939  1.1     skrll 
   2940  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2941  1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2942  1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2943  1.1     skrll   else
   2944  1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2945  1.1     skrll 
   2946  1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2947  1.1     skrll 
   2948  1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2949  1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2950  1.1     skrll   else
   2951  1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
   2952  1.3  christos 
   2953  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   2954  1.1     skrll }
   2955  1.1     skrll 
   2956  1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2957  1.1     skrll 
   2958  1.1     skrll static void
   2959  1.1     skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2960  1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2961  1.1     skrll 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2962  1.1     skrll {
   2963  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2964  1.1     skrll FIXME
   2965  1.1     skrll #endif
   2966  1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2967  1.1     skrll   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2968  1.1     skrll      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2969  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2970  1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2971  1.1     skrll   expressionS addend;
   2972  1.1     skrll 
   2973  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2974  1.1     skrll   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2975  1.1     skrll     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2976  1.1     skrll #endif
   2977  1.1     skrll 
   2978  1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2979  1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2980  1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2981  1.1     skrll 
   2982  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2983  1.1     skrll 
   2984  1.1     skrll   addend = tok[1];
   2985  1.1     skrll 
   2986  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2987  1.1     skrll   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2988  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2989  1.1     skrll   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2990  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2991  1.1     skrll #endif
   2992  1.1     skrll 
   2993  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2994  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2995  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2996  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2997  1.1     skrll 
   2998  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2999  1.1     skrll 
   3000  1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   3001  1.1     skrll 
   3002  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   3003  1.1     skrll 
   3004  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3005  1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   3006  1.1     skrll #endif
   3007  1.1     skrll 
   3008  1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   3009  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   3010  1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   3011  1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   3012  1.1     skrll 
   3013  1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   3014  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   3015  1.1     skrll }
   3016  1.1     skrll 
   3017  1.1     skrll /* The macro table.  */
   3018  1.1     skrll 
   3019  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   3020  1.1     skrll {
   3021  1.1     skrll /* Load/Store macros.  */
   3022  1.1     skrll   { "lda",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3023  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3024  1.1     skrll   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, NULL,
   3025  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3026  1.1     skrll 
   3027  1.1     skrll   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, "ldl",
   3028  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3029  1.1     skrll   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
   3030  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3031  1.1     skrll   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, "ldq",
   3032  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3033  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
   3034  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3035  1.1     skrll   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
   3036  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3037  1.1     skrll   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, "ldf",
   3038  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3039  1.1     skrll   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, "ldg",
   3040  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3041  1.1     skrll   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, "lds",
   3042  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3043  1.1     skrll   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, "ldt",
   3044  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3045  1.1     skrll 
   3046  1.1     skrll   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
   3047  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3048  1.1     skrll   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
   3049  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3050  1.1     skrll   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
   3051  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3052  1.1     skrll   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
   3053  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3054  1.1     skrll 
   3055  1.1     skrll   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
   3056  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3057  1.1     skrll   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
   3058  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3059  1.1     skrll   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
   3060  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3061  1.1     skrll   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
   3062  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3063  1.1     skrll   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
   3064  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3065  1.1     skrll 
   3066  1.1     skrll   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, NULL,
   3067  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3068  1.1     skrll 
   3069  1.1     skrll   { "ldi",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3070  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3071  1.1     skrll   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, NULL,
   3072  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3073  1.1     skrll   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3074  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3075  1.1     skrll 
   3076  1.1     skrll   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, "stl",
   3077  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3078  1.1     skrll   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
   3079  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3080  1.1     skrll   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, "stq",
   3081  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3082  1.1     skrll   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
   3083  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3084  1.1     skrll   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
   3085  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3086  1.1     skrll   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, "stf",
   3087  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3088  1.1     skrll   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, "stg",
   3089  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3090  1.1     skrll   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, "sts",
   3091  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3092  1.1     skrll   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, "stt",
   3093  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3094  1.1     skrll 
   3095  1.1     skrll   { "stb",	emit_stX, (void *) 0,
   3096  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3097  1.1     skrll   { "stw",	emit_stX, (void *) 1,
   3098  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3099  1.1     skrll   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
   3100  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3101  1.1     skrll   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
   3102  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3103  1.1     skrll   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
   3104  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3105  1.1     skrll 
   3106  1.1     skrll /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3107  1.1     skrll 
   3108  1.1     skrll   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
   3109  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3110  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3111  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3112  1.1     skrll   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
   3113  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3114  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3115  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3116  1.1     skrll 
   3117  1.1     skrll   { "divl",	emit_division, "__divl",
   3118  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3119  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3120  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3121  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3122  1.1     skrll   { "divlu",	emit_division, "__divlu",
   3123  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3124  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3125  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3126  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3127  1.1     skrll   { "divq",	emit_division, "__divq",
   3128  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3129  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3130  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3131  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3132  1.1     skrll   { "divqu",	emit_division, "__divqu",
   3133  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3134  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3135  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3136  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3137  1.1     skrll   { "reml",	emit_division, "__reml",
   3138  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3139  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3140  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3141  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3142  1.1     skrll   { "remlu",	emit_division, "__remlu",
   3143  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3144  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3145  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3146  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3147  1.1     skrll   { "remq",	emit_division, "__remq",
   3148  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3149  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3150  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3151  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3152  1.1     skrll   { "remqu",	emit_division, "__remqu",
   3153  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3154  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3155  1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3156  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3157  1.1     skrll 
   3158  1.1     skrll   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
   3159  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3160  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3161  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3162  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3163  1.1     skrll   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
   3164  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3165  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3166  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3167  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3168  1.1     skrll   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, "ret",
   3169  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3170  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3171  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3172  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3173  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3174  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3175  1.1     skrll   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3176  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3177  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3178  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3179  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3180  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3181  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3182  1.1     skrll   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3183  1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3184  1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3185  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3186  1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3187  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3188  1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3189  1.1     skrll };
   3190  1.1     skrll 
   3191  1.1     skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3192  1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3193  1.1     skrll 
   3194  1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3195  1.1     skrll    match.  */
   3196  1.1     skrll 
   3197  1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
   3198  1.1     skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3199  1.1     skrll 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3200  1.1     skrll 		  int *pntok)
   3201  1.1     skrll 
   3202  1.1     skrll {
   3203  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3204  1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   3205  1.1     skrll 
   3206  1.1     skrll   do
   3207  1.1     skrll     {
   3208  1.1     skrll       const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
   3209  1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   3210  1.1     skrll 
   3211  1.1     skrll       while (*arg)
   3212  1.1     skrll 	{
   3213  1.1     skrll 	  switch (*arg)
   3214  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3215  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3216  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3217  1.1     skrll 		return macro;
   3218  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3219  1.1     skrll 		tokidx = 0;
   3220  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3221  1.1     skrll 
   3222  1.1     skrll 	      /* Index register.  */
   3223  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3224  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3225  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3226  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3227  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3228  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3229  1.1     skrll 
   3230  1.1     skrll 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3231  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3232  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3233  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3234  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3235  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3236  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3237  1.1     skrll 
   3238  1.1     skrll 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3239  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3240  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3241  1.1     skrll 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3242  1.1     skrll 		++tokidx;
   3243  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3244  1.1     skrll 
   3245  1.1     skrll 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3246  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3247  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3248  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3249  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3250  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3251  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3252  1.1     skrll 
   3253  1.1     skrll 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3254  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3255  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3256  1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3257  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3258  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3259  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3260  1.1     skrll 
   3261  1.1     skrll 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3262  1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3263  1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3264  1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3265  1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3266  1.1     skrll 		{
   3267  1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   3268  1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   3269  1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   3270  1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   3271  1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   3272  1.1     skrll 		case O_literal:
   3273  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_base:
   3274  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3275  1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3276  1.1     skrll 		case O_gpdisp:
   3277  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3278  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprellow:
   3279  1.1     skrll 		case O_gprel:
   3280  1.1     skrll 		case O_samegp:
   3281  1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   3282  1.1     skrll 
   3283  1.1     skrll 		default:
   3284  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3285  1.1     skrll 		}
   3286  1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3287  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3288  1.1     skrll 
   3289  1.1     skrll 	    match_failed:
   3290  1.1     skrll 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3291  1.1     skrll 		++arg;
   3292  1.1     skrll 	      tokidx = 0;
   3293  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3294  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3295  1.1     skrll 	  ++arg;
   3296  1.1     skrll 	}
   3297  1.1     skrll     }
   3298  1.1     skrll   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3299  1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3300  1.1     skrll 
   3301  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   3302  1.1     skrll }
   3303  1.1     skrll 
   3304  1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3305  1.1     skrll    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3306  1.1     skrll 
   3307  1.1     skrll static void
   3308  1.1     skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3309  1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3310  1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   3311  1.1     skrll 		 int local_macros_on)
   3312  1.1     skrll {
   3313  1.1     skrll   int found_something = 0;
   3314  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3315  1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3316  1.1     skrll   int cpumatch = 1;
   3317  1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3318  1.1     skrll 
   3319  1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3320  1.1     skrll   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3321  1.1     skrll   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3322  1.1     skrll     {
   3323  1.1     skrll       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3324  1.1     skrll       ntok--;
   3325  1.1     skrll     }
   3326  1.1     skrll   else
   3327  1.1     skrll #endif
   3328  1.1     skrll   if (local_macros_on)
   3329  1.1     skrll     {
   3330  1.1     skrll       macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
   3331  1.1     skrll 	       hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
   3332  1.1     skrll       if (macro)
   3333  1.1     skrll 	{
   3334  1.1     skrll 	  found_something = 1;
   3335  1.1     skrll 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3336  1.1     skrll 	  if (macro)
   3337  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3338  1.1     skrll 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3339  1.1     skrll 	      return;
   3340  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3341  1.1     skrll 	}
   3342  1.1     skrll     }
   3343  1.1     skrll 
   3344  1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3345  1.1     skrll   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   3346  1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   3347  1.1     skrll     {
   3348  1.1     skrll       found_something = 1;
   3349  1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3350  1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   3351  1.1     skrll 	{
   3352  1.1     skrll 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3353  1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3354  1.1     skrll 
   3355  1.1     skrll 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3356  1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3357  1.1     skrll 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3358  1.1     skrll 
   3359  1.1     skrll 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3360  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3361  1.1     skrll 	}
   3362  1.1     skrll     }
   3363  1.1     skrll 
   3364  1.1     skrll   if (found_something)
   3365  1.1     skrll     {
   3366  1.1     skrll       if (cpumatch)
   3367  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3368  1.1     skrll       else
   3369  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3370  1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   3371  1.4  christos     }
   3372  1.7  christos   else
   3373  1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3374  1.1     skrll }
   3375  1.1     skrll 
   3376  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3378  1.1     skrll 
   3379  1.4  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3380  1.1     skrll    Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3381  1.1     skrll 
   3382  1.1     skrll    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3383  1.1     skrll 
   3384  1.1     skrll static symbolS *
   3385  1.3  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3386  1.3  christos {
   3387  1.5  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3388  1.4  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3389  1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3390  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3391  1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3392  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   3393  1.1     skrll   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3394  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   3395  1.1     skrll 
   3396  1.1     skrll   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3397  1.3  christos 
   3398  1.1     skrll   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3399  1.3  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3400  1.3  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3401  1.3  christos 
   3402  1.3  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3403  1.3  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3404  1.3  christos 	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
   3405  1.1     skrll 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3406  1.1     skrll       {
   3407  1.4  christos 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3408  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
   3409  1.3  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3410  1.3  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3411  1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
   3412  1.1     skrll 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3413  1.1     skrll       }
   3414  1.4  christos 
   3415  1.3  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3416  1.3  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3417  1.3  christos   linksym = symbol_new
   3418  1.3  christos     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3419  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3420  1.3  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3421  1.4  christos 
   3422  1.3  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3423  1.4  christos   e.X_op = O_subtract;
   3424  1.3  christos   e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
   3425  1.3  christos   e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
   3426  1.1     skrll   e.X_add_number = 0;
   3427  1.1     skrll   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3428  1.4  christos 
   3429  1.4  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3430  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new
   3431  1.1     skrll     (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3432  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3433  1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3434  1.1     skrll 
   3435  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3436  1.1     skrll 
   3437  1.1     skrll   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3438  1.1     skrll   return expsym;
   3439  1.1     skrll }
   3440  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3441  1.1     skrll 
   3442  1.1     skrll /* Assembler directives.  */
   3444  1.1     skrll 
   3445  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3446  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3447  1.3  christos 
   3448  1.3  christos static void
   3449  1.3  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3450  1.3  christos {
   3451  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3452  1.3  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3453  1.3  christos #else
   3454  1.3  christos   s_text (i);
   3455  1.3  christos #endif
   3456  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3457  1.3  christos   {
   3458  1.3  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3459  1.3  christos 
   3460  1.1     skrll     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3461  1.1     skrll     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3462  1.1     skrll       {
   3463  1.1     skrll 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3464  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3465  1.1     skrll 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3466  1.1     skrll       }
   3467  1.1     skrll   }
   3468  1.1     skrll #endif
   3469  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3470  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3471  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3472  1.1     skrll }
   3473  1.1     skrll 
   3474  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3475  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3476  1.1     skrll 
   3477  1.1     skrll static void
   3478  1.1     skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
   3479  1.1     skrll {
   3480  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3481  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_data (i);
   3482  1.1     skrll #else
   3483  1.3  christos   s_data (i);
   3484  1.1     skrll #endif
   3485  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3486  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3487  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3488  1.1     skrll }
   3489  1.1     skrll 
   3490  1.1     skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3491  1.3  christos 
   3492  1.1     skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3493  1.1     skrll 
   3494  1.3  christos static void
   3495  1.3  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3496  1.1     skrll {
   3497  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   3498  1.5  christos   char c;
   3499  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3500  1.1     skrll   offsetT size;
   3501  1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   3502  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3503  1.1     skrll   offsetT temp;
   3504  1.5  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3505  1.1     skrll #endif
   3506  1.1     skrll 
   3507  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3508  1.1     skrll 
   3509  1.1     skrll   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3510  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   3511  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3512  1.3  christos 
   3513  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3514  1.3  christos 
   3515  1.1     skrll   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3516  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3517  1.1     skrll     {
   3518  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3519  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3520  1.1     skrll     }
   3521  1.3  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3522  1.3  christos     {
   3523  1.3  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3524  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3525  1.3  christos       return;
   3526  1.3  christos     }
   3527  1.3  christos 
   3528  1.3  christos   *p = 0;
   3529  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3530  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3531  1.3  christos 
   3532  1.3  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3533  1.3  christos     {
   3534  1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3535  1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3536  1.3  christos       return;
   3537  1.3  christos     }
   3538  1.3  christos 
   3539  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3540  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3541  1.3  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3542  1.3  christos   else
   3543  1.1     skrll     {
   3544  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3545  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3546  1.3  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3547  1.3  christos     }
   3548  1.3  christos 
   3549  1.1     skrll   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3550  1.3  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3551  1.3  christos     ++log_align;
   3552  1.3  christos 
   3553  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3554  1.6  christos     {
   3555  1.3  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3556  1.3  christos 
   3557  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3558  1.3  christos 
   3559  1.5  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3560  1.1     skrll          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3561  1.3  christos 
   3562  1.3  christos       segT sec;
   3563  1.3  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3564  1.3  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3565  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3566  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3567  1.3  christos       int cur_size;
   3568  1.3  christos 
   3569  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3570  1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3571  1.3  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3572  1.3  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3573  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3574  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3575  1.3  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3576  1.3  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3577  1.3  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3578  1.3  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3579  1.3  christos 
   3580  1.3  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3581  1.3  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3582  1.3  christos       if ((int) size > cur_size)
   3583  1.3  christos 	{
   3584  1.3  christos 	  char *pfrag
   3585  1.1     skrll 	    = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
   3586  1.3  christos 			(valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
   3587  1.3  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3588  1.3  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
   3589  1.3  christos 	}
   3590  1.3  christos 
   3591  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3592  1.3  christos 
   3593  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3594  1.3  christos     }
   3595  1.3  christos   else
   3596  1.3  christos     {
   3597  1.3  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3598  1.3  christos 
   3599  1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3600  1.3  christos 
   3601  1.3  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3602  1.3  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3603  1.4  christos 
   3604  1.3  christos       char *pfrag;
   3605  1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3606  1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3607  1.1     skrll 
   3608  1.3  christos       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3609  1.1     skrll       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3610  1.3  christos       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3611  1.1     skrll 
   3612  1.3  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3613  1.5  christos       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
   3614  1.1     skrll                         size, NULL);
   3615  1.1     skrll       *pfrag = 0;
   3616  1.3  christos 
   3617  1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3618  1.3  christos 
   3619  1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3620  1.3  christos     }
   3621  1.1     skrll #endif
   3622  1.1     skrll 
   3623  1.1     skrll   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3624  1.3  christos     {
   3625  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3626  1.1     skrll         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3627  1.1     skrll                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3628  1.1     skrll                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3629  1.5  christos                 (long) size);
   3630  1.3  christos     }
   3631  1.3  christos   else
   3632  1.1     skrll     {
   3633  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3634  1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3635  1.1     skrll #endif
   3636  1.1     skrll       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3637  1.1     skrll     }
   3638  1.1     skrll 
   3639  1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3640  1.1     skrll   know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
   3641  1.1     skrll #endif
   3642  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3643  1.1     skrll }
   3644  1.1     skrll 
   3645  1.1     skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3646  1.3  christos 
   3647  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3648  1.1     skrll 
   3649  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3650  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3651  1.1     skrll 
   3652  1.1     skrll static void
   3653  1.1     skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3654  1.1     skrll {
   3655  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3656  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3657  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3658  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3659  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3660  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3661  1.1     skrll }
   3662  1.1     skrll 
   3663  1.1     skrll #endif
   3664  1.3  christos 
   3665  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3666  1.1     skrll 
   3667  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3668  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3669  1.1     skrll 
   3670  1.1     skrll static void
   3671  1.1     skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3672  1.1     skrll {
   3673  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3674  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3675  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3676  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3677  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3678  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3679  1.1     skrll }
   3680  1.1     skrll #endif
   3681  1.1     skrll 
   3682  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3683  1.1     skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3684  1.1     skrll {
   3685  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_sym;
   3686  1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3687  1.1     skrll   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3688  1.1     skrll   unsigned int mask;
   3689  1.1     skrll   unsigned int fmask;
   3690  1.1     skrll   int fp_regno;
   3691  1.1     skrll   int ra_regno;
   3692  1.1     skrll   offsetT frame_size;
   3693  1.1     skrll   offsetT mask_offset;
   3694  1.5  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3695  1.5  christos 
   3696  1.1     skrll   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3697  1.1     skrll };
   3698  1.1     skrll 
   3699  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3700  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3701  1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3702  1.1     skrll 
   3703  1.1     skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3704  1.1     skrll 
   3705  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3706  1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3707  1.1     skrll 
   3708  1.1     skrll static void
   3709  1.1     skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3710  1.1     skrll {
   3711  1.1     skrll   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3712  1.1     skrll 
   3713  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3714  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3715  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3716  1.1     skrll }
   3717  1.5  christos 
   3718  1.5  christos static void
   3719  1.5  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3720  1.5  christos {
   3721  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3722  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3723  1.1     skrll   else
   3724  1.1     skrll     {
   3725  1.5  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3726  1.1     skrll 
   3727  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3728  1.1     skrll       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3729  1.1     skrll       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3730  1.1     skrll 
   3731  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3732  1.1     skrll 	{
   3733  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3734  1.1     skrll 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3735  1.1     skrll 	}
   3736  1.1     skrll       else
   3737  1.6  christos 	{
   3738  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3739  1.1     skrll 
   3740  1.1     skrll 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3741  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3742  1.1     skrll 
   3743  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3744  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3745  1.1     skrll 
   3746  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3747  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3748  1.1     skrll 
   3749  1.1     skrll 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3750  1.5  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3751  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3752  1.1     skrll 
   3753  1.1     skrll 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3754  1.1     skrll 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3755  1.1     skrll 
   3756  1.1     skrll 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3757  1.1     skrll 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3758  1.1     skrll 	  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
   3759  1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3760  1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3761  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3762  1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3763  1.1     skrll 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3764  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3765  1.1     skrll 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3766  1.1     skrll 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3767  1.1     skrll 	}
   3768  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3769  1.1     skrll     }
   3770  1.1     skrll }
   3771  1.5  christos 
   3772  1.5  christos static void
   3773  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3774  1.1     skrll {
   3775  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3776  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3777  1.1     skrll   else
   3778  1.1     skrll     {
   3779  1.1     skrll       char *name, name_end;
   3780  1.1     skrll 
   3781  1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3782  1.1     skrll 
   3783  1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3784  1.1     skrll 	{
   3785  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3786  1.1     skrll 	}
   3787  1.1     skrll       else
   3788  1.1     skrll 	{
   3789  1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3790  1.1     skrll 
   3791  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3792  1.6  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3793  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3794  1.1     skrll 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3795  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3796  1.1     skrll 
   3797  1.1     skrll 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3798  1.1     skrll 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3799  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3800  1.1     skrll 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3801  1.1     skrll 	      expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
   3802  1.1     skrll 
   3803  1.1     skrll 	      obj->size = exp;
   3804  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3805  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3806  1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3807  1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3808  1.1     skrll 
   3809  1.1     skrll 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3810  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3811  1.1     skrll 
   3812  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3813  1.1     skrll 	}
   3814  1.1     skrll 
   3815  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3816  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3817  1.1     skrll     }
   3818  1.1     skrll }
   3819  1.1     skrll 
   3820  1.1     skrll static void
   3821  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3822  1.1     skrll {
   3823  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3824  1.1     skrll     {
   3825  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3826  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3827  1.1     skrll       else
   3828  1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3829  1.1     skrll     }
   3830  1.1     skrll   else
   3831  1.1     skrll     {
   3832  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3833  1.1     skrll       offsetT offset;
   3834  1.1     skrll 
   3835  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3836  1.1     skrll 	{
   3837  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3838  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3839  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3840  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3841  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3842  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3843  1.1     skrll 	}
   3844  1.1     skrll 
   3845  1.1     skrll       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3846  1.1     skrll 	{
   3847  1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3848  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3849  1.1     skrll 	  else
   3850  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3851  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3852  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3853  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3854  1.1     skrll 	}
   3855  1.1     skrll 
   3856  1.1     skrll       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3857  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3858  1.1     skrll 
   3859  1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3860  1.1     skrll 	{
   3861  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3862  1.1     skrll           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3863  1.1     skrll 	}
   3864  1.1     skrll       else
   3865  1.1     skrll 	{
   3866  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3867  1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3868  1.1     skrll 	}
   3869  1.1     skrll     }
   3870  1.1     skrll }
   3871  1.1     skrll 
   3872  1.1     skrll static void
   3873  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3874  1.1     skrll {
   3875  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3876  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3877  1.1     skrll   else
   3878  1.1     skrll     {
   3879  1.1     skrll       long val;
   3880  1.1     skrll 
   3881  1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3882  1.1     skrll 	{
   3883  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3884  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3885  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3886  1.1     skrll 	}
   3887  1.1     skrll 
   3888  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3889  1.1     skrll 
   3890  1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3891  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3892  1.1     skrll 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3893  1.1     skrll 	{
   3894  1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3895  1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3896  1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3897  1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3898  1.1     skrll 	}
   3899  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3900  1.1     skrll 
   3901  1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3902  1.1     skrll 
   3903  1.1     skrll       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3904  1.1     skrll 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3905  1.1     skrll 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3906  1.1     skrll       s_ignore (42);
   3907  1.1     skrll     }
   3908  1.1     skrll }
   3909  1.3  christos 
   3910  1.3  christos static void
   3911  1.1     skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3912  1.1     skrll {
   3913  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   3914  1.1     skrll   int arg;
   3915  1.1     skrll 
   3916  1.1     skrll   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3917  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3918  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   3919  1.1     skrll     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3920  1.1     skrll 
   3921  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3922  1.1     skrll     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3923  1.1     skrll   else
   3924  1.1     skrll     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3925  1.1     skrll 
   3926  1.1     skrll   if (sym == NULL)
   3927  1.1     skrll     {
   3928  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3929  1.1     skrll       return;
   3930  1.1     skrll     }
   3931  1.1     skrll 
   3932  1.1     skrll   switch (arg)
   3933  1.1     skrll     {
   3934  1.1     skrll     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3935  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3936  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3937  1.1     skrll       break;
   3938  1.1     skrll     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3939  1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3940  1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3941  1.1     skrll       break;
   3942  1.1     skrll     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3943  1.1     skrll       break;
   3944  1.1     skrll 
   3945  1.1     skrll     default:
   3946  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3947  1.1     skrll       break;
   3948  1.1     skrll     }
   3949  1.1     skrll 
   3950  1.1     skrll   if (cur_frame_data)
   3951  1.1     skrll     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3952  1.1     skrll }
   3953  1.1     skrll 
   3954  1.1     skrll static char *first_file_directive;
   3955  1.1     skrll 
   3956  1.1     skrll static void
   3957  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3958  1.1     skrll {
   3959  1.1     skrll   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3960  1.6  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3961  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3962  1.1     skrll     {
   3963  1.1     skrll       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3964  1.1     skrll       size_t len;
   3965  1.1     skrll 
   3966  1.1     skrll       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3967  1.1     skrll 
   3968  1.1     skrll       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3969  1.1     skrll       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3970  1.1     skrll 
   3971  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer = start;
   3972  1.1     skrll     }
   3973  1.1     skrll 
   3974  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3975  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3976  1.1     skrll   else
   3977  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3978  1.1     skrll }
   3979  1.1     skrll 
   3980  1.1     skrll static void
   3981  1.1     skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3982  1.1     skrll {
   3983  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3984  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3985  1.1     skrll   else
   3986  1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3987  1.1     skrll }
   3988  1.1     skrll 
   3989  1.1     skrll static void
   3990  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3991  1.1     skrll {
   3992  1.1     skrll   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3993  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3994  1.1     skrll     {
   3995  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3996  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3997  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
   3998  1.1     skrll 
   3999  1.1     skrll       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   4000  1.1     skrll 
   4001  1.1     skrll       if (first_file_directive)
   4002  1.1     skrll 	{
   4003  1.1     skrll 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   4004  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   4005  1.1     skrll 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   4006  1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   4007  1.1     skrll 	  free (first_file_directive);
   4008  1.1     skrll 	}
   4009  1.1     skrll 
   4010  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   4011  1.1     skrll     }
   4012  1.1     skrll   s_stab (n);
   4013  1.1     skrll }
   4014  1.1     skrll 
   4015  1.1     skrll static void
   4016  1.1     skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   4017  1.1     skrll {
   4018  1.1     skrll   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   4019  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_begin,
   4020  1.3  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   4021  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_def,
   4022  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_dim,
   4023  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_endef,
   4024  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_scl,
   4025  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_tag,
   4026  1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_val,
   4027  1.1     skrll   };
   4028  1.1     skrll 
   4029  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4030  1.1     skrll 
   4031  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4032  1.1     skrll     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4033  1.1     skrll   else
   4034  1.1     skrll     {
   4035  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4036  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4037  1.1     skrll     }
   4038  1.1     skrll }
   4039  1.1     skrll 
   4040  1.1     skrll /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4041  1.1     skrll    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4042  1.1     skrll 
   4043  1.1     skrll void
   4044  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
   4045  1.1     skrll {
   4046  1.4  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4047  1.4  christos 
   4048  1.4  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4049  1.4  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4050  1.4  christos 
   4051  1.4  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4052  1.4  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4053  1.4  christos     return;
   4054  1.1     skrll 
   4055  1.1     skrll   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4056  1.1     skrll      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4057  1.1     skrll      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4058  1.1     skrll      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4059  1.1     skrll      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4060  1.1     skrll   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4061  1.1     skrll     return;
   4062  1.1     skrll 
   4063  1.1     skrll   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4064  1.5  christos   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4065  1.1     skrll     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4066  1.1     skrll       {
   4067  1.1     skrll 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4068  1.1     skrll 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4069  1.1     skrll 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4070  1.1     skrll 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
   4071  1.1     skrll 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
   4072  1.1     skrll 
   4073  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4074  1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4075  1.1     skrll 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4076  1.1     skrll 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4077  1.1     skrll 	  {
   4078  1.1     skrll 	    unsigned int mask;
   4079  1.1     skrll 	    offsetT offset;
   4080  1.1     skrll 
   4081  1.1     skrll 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4082  1.1     skrll 
   4083  1.1     skrll 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4084  1.1     skrll 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4085  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4086  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4087  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4088  1.1     skrll 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4089  1.1     skrll 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4090  1.1     skrll 
   4091  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->mask;
   4092  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4093  1.1     skrll 
   4094  1.1     skrll 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4095  1.1     skrll 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4096  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4097  1.1     skrll 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4098  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4099  1.1     skrll 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4100  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4101  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4102  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4103  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4104  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4105  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4106  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4107  1.1     skrll 
   4108  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4109  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4110  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4111  1.1     skrll 
   4112  1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4113  1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4114  1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4115  1.1     skrll 	      {
   4116  1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4117  1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4118  1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4119  1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4120  1.1     skrll 
   4121  1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4122  1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4123  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4124  1.1     skrll 	  }
   4125  1.1     skrll 
   4126  1.1     skrll 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4127  1.1     skrll       }
   4128  1.1     skrll }
   4129  1.5  christos 
   4130  1.1     skrll static void
   4131  1.1     skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4132  1.1     skrll {
   4133  1.1     skrll   char *name, name_end;
   4134  1.5  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4135  1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   4136  1.1     skrll   int other;
   4137  1.1     skrll 
   4138  1.1     skrll   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4139  1.1     skrll 
   4140  1.5  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4141  1.5  christos     {
   4142  1.5  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4143  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4144  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4145  1.1     skrll       return;
   4146  1.1     skrll     }
   4147  1.1     skrll 
   4148  1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4149  1.1     skrll   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4150  1.1     skrll   if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
   4151  1.1     skrll     input_line_pointer++;
   4152  1.5  christos 
   4153  1.5  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4154  1.1     skrll     {
   4155  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4156  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4157  1.1     skrll       return;
   4158  1.1     skrll     }
   4159  1.1     skrll 
   4160  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4161  1.1     skrll 
   4162  1.1     skrll   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4163  1.1     skrll 
   4164  1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4165  1.5  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4166  1.1     skrll   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4167  1.1     skrll     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4168  1.1     skrll   else
   4169  1.1     skrll     {
   4170  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4171  1.1     skrll       other = 0;
   4172  1.1     skrll     }
   4173  1.1     skrll 
   4174  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4175  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4176  1.1     skrll 
   4177  1.1     skrll   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4178  1.1     skrll }
   4179  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4180  1.1     skrll 
   4181  1.1     skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4182  1.3  christos 
   4183  1.6  christos void
   4184  1.3  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4185  1.3  christos {
   4186  1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4187  1.3  christos }
   4188  1.3  christos 
   4189  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4190  1.3  christos 
   4191  1.3  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4192  1.3  christos static const char *
   4193  1.3  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4194  1.3  christos {
   4195  1.3  christos   char *name;
   4196  1.3  christos 
   4197  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4198  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4199  1.3  christos     {
   4200  1.3  christos       int dummy;
   4201  1.3  christos 
   4202  1.3  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4203  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4204  1.3  christos 	{
   4205  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4206  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4207  1.3  christos 	}
   4208  1.3  christos     }
   4209  1.3  christos   else
   4210  1.3  christos     {
   4211  1.3  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4212  1.3  christos 
   4213  1.6  christos       while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
   4214  1.3  christos 	end++;
   4215  1.3  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4216  1.3  christos 	{
   4217  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4218  1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4219  1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4220  1.3  christos 	}
   4221  1.3  christos 
   4222  1.3  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4223  1.3  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4224  1.3  christos     }
   4225  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4226  1.3  christos   return name;
   4227  1.3  christos }
   4228  1.3  christos 
   4229  1.3  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4230  1.3  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4231  1.3  christos 
   4232  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4233  1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4234  1.3  christos 
   4235  1.3  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4236  1.3  christos 
   4237  1.3  christos static flagword
   4238  1.5  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4239  1.3  christos {
   4240  1.3  christos   int no = 0;
   4241  1.3  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4242  1.3  christos 
   4243  1.3  christos   if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
   4244  1.3  christos     {
   4245  1.3  christos       no = 1;
   4246  1.3  christos       str += 2;
   4247  1.3  christos       len -= 2;
   4248  1.3  christos     }
   4249  1.3  christos 
   4250  1.3  christos   if (len == 3)
   4251  1.3  christos     {
   4252  1.3  christos       if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
   4253  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4254  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
   4255  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4256  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
   4257  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4258  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
   4259  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4260  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
   4261  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4262  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
   4263  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4264  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
   4265  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4266  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
   4267  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4268  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
   4269  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4270  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
   4271  1.3  christos 	{
   4272  1.3  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4273  1.3  christos 	  no = 0;
   4274  1.3  christos 	}
   4275  1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
   4276  1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4277  1.3  christos     }
   4278  1.3  christos 
   4279  1.3  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4280  1.3  christos     {
   4281  1.3  christos       char c = str[len];
   4282  1.3  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4283  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4284  1.3  christos       str[len] = c;
   4285  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   4286  1.1     skrll     }
   4287  1.3  christos 
   4288  1.3  christos   if (no)
   4289  1.6  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4290  1.3  christos   else
   4291  1.3  christos     return flag;
   4292  1.1     skrll }
   4293  1.1     skrll 
   4294  1.1     skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4295  1.6  christos 
   4296  1.6  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4297  1.3  christos 
   4298  1.3  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4299  1.3  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4300  1.1     skrll 
   4301  1.3  christos static void
   4302  1.3  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4303  1.3  christos {
   4304  1.3  christos   const char *name;
   4305  1.3  christos   char *beg;
   4306  1.3  christos   segT sec;
   4307  1.3  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4308  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4309  1.3  christos 
   4310  1.3  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4311  1.3  christos     {
   4312  1.3  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4313  1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4314  1.3  christos         return;
   4315  1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4316  1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4317  1.3  christos         {
   4318  1.5  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4319  1.3  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4320  1.3  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4321  1.3  christos 
   4322  1.3  christos      	  do
   4323  1.5  christos      	    {
   4324  1.3  christos      	      char c;
   4325  1.3  christos 
   4326  1.5  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4327  1.3  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4328  1.3  christos      	      *input_line_pointer = c;
   4329  1.3  christos 
   4330  1.3  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4331  1.3  christos 
   4332  1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4333  1.3  christos      	    }
   4334  1.3  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4335  1.3  christos 
   4336  1.3  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4337  1.3  christos         }
   4338  1.3  christos 
   4339  1.1     skrll 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4340  1.3  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4341  1.3  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4342  1.1     skrll         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4343  1.3  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4344  1.3  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4345  1.3  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4346  1.3  christos     }
   4347  1.3  christos   else
   4348  1.3  christos     {
   4349  1.3  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4350  1.3  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4351  1.3  christos     }
   4352  1.3  christos 
   4353  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4354  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4355  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4356  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4357  1.1     skrll }
   4358  1.1     skrll 
   4359  1.1     skrll static void
   4360  1.1     skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4361  1.1     skrll {
   4362  1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4363  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4364  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4365  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4366  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4367  1.1     skrll }
   4368  1.4  christos 
   4369  1.4  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4370  1.4  christos 
   4371  1.4  christos static void
   4372  1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4373  1.3  christos {
   4374  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4375  1.3  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4376  1.3  christos 
   4377  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4378  1.3  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4379  1.3  christos 
   4380  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4381  1.3  christos 
   4382  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4383  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4384  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4385  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4386  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4387  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4388  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4389  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4390  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4391  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4392  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4393  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4394  1.1     skrll 
   4395  1.1     skrll   expression (&symexpr);
   4396  1.1     skrll 
   4397  1.3  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4398  1.3  christos     {
   4399  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4400  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4401  1.3  christos       return;
   4402  1.3  christos     }
   4403  1.3  christos 
   4404  1.3  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4405  1.3  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4406  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4407  1.3  christos 
   4408  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4409  1.3  christos }
   4410  1.5  christos 
   4411  1.5  christos static void
   4412  1.1     skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4413  1.3  christos {
   4414  1.3  christos   if (is_data)
   4415  1.3  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4416  1.3  christos   else
   4417  1.3  christos     {
   4418  1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4419  1.3  christos 
   4420  1.3  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4421  1.3  christos 
   4422  1.3  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4423  1.3  christos 	{
   4424  1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4425  1.5  christos 	}
   4426  1.5  christos       else
   4427  1.5  christos 	{
   4428  1.5  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4429  1.1     skrll 
   4430  1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4431  1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4432  1.1     skrll 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4433  1.1     skrll 	}
   4434  1.1     skrll 
   4435  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4436  1.1     skrll     }
   4437  1.1     skrll 
   4438  1.4  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4439  1.1     skrll }
   4440  1.3  christos 
   4441  1.1     skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4442  1.1     skrll 
   4443  1.1     skrll static void
   4444  1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4445  1.1     skrll {
   4446  1.1     skrll   long val;
   4447  1.1     skrll   int ra;
   4448  1.1     skrll 
   4449  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4450  1.1     skrll 
   4451  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4452  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4453  1.1     skrll       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4454  1.4  christos     {
   4455  1.4  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4456  1.4  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4457  1.4  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4458  1.1     skrll       return;
   4459  1.1     skrll     }
   4460  1.1     skrll 
   4461  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4462  1.1     skrll 
   4463  1.1     skrll   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4464  1.1     skrll   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4465  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4466  1.3  christos 
   4467  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4468  1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4469  1.3  christos     {
   4470  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4471  1.3  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4472  1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4473  1.3  christos       return;
   4474  1.3  christos     }
   4475  1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4476  1.3  christos }
   4477  1.1     skrll 
   4478  1.1     skrll /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4479  1.4  christos 
   4480  1.3  christos static void
   4481  1.3  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4482  1.1     skrll {
   4483  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4484  1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   4485  1.1     skrll     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4486  1.1     skrll }
   4487  1.5  christos 
   4488  1.1     skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4489  1.1     skrll    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4490  1.4  christos 
   4491  1.4  christos static void
   4492  1.1     skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4493  1.4  christos {
   4494  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4495  1.1     skrll   char name_end;
   4496  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4497  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4498  1.1     skrll   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4499  1.1     skrll   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4500  1.1     skrll   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4501  1.3  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4502  1.3  christos   size_t len;
   4503  1.1     skrll 
   4504  1.4  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4505  1.1     skrll     {
   4506  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4507  1.5  christos       return;
   4508  1.3  christos     }
   4509  1.4  christos 
   4510  1.5  christos   expression (&exp);
   4511  1.4  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4512  1.3  christos     {
   4513  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4514  1.1     skrll       return;
   4515  1.4  christos     }
   4516  1.1     skrll 
   4517  1.1     skrll   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4518  1.4  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4519  1.4  christos 
   4520  1.1     skrll   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4521  1.4  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4522  1.4  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4523  1.4  christos     {
   4524  1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4525  1.4  christos       return;
   4526  1.4  christos     }
   4527  1.4  christos   len -= 4;
   4528  1.4  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4529  1.1     skrll 
   4530  1.4  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4531  1.4  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4532  1.5  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4533  1.3  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4534  1.3  christos     {
   4535  1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4536  1.3  christos       return;
   4537  1.5  christos     }
   4538  1.1     skrll 
   4539  1.1     skrll   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4540  1.1     skrll   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4541  1.1     skrll 
   4542  1.1     skrll   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4543  1.1     skrll   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4544  1.1     skrll      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4545  1.1     skrll        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4546  1.1     skrll 
   4547  1.5  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4548  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4549  1.1     skrll     {
   4550  1.3  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4551  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4552  1.1     skrll       return;
   4553  1.3  christos     }
   4554  1.1     skrll 
   4555  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4556  1.3  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4557  1.1     skrll 
   4558  1.1     skrll   if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
   4559  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4560  1.5  christos 
   4561  1.1     skrll   else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
   4562  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4563  1.1     skrll 
   4564  1.1     skrll   else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
   4565  1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4566  1.5  christos 
   4567  1.1     skrll   else
   4568  1.1     skrll     {
   4569  1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4570  1.1     skrll       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4571  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4572  1.1     skrll       return;
   4573  1.1     skrll     }
   4574  1.1     skrll 
   4575  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4576  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4577  1.1     skrll 
   4578  1.3  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4579  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4580  1.3  christos #endif
   4581  1.3  christos 
   4582  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4583  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (16);
   4584  1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4585  1.1     skrll   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4586  1.1     skrll 
   4587  1.1     skrll   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4588  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4589  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4590  1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4591  1.3  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4592  1.3  christos 
   4593  1.1     skrll   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4594  1.1     skrll     {
   4595  1.3  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4596  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4597  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4598  1.1     skrll       break;
   4599  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4600  1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4601  1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4602  1.3  christos       break;
   4603  1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4604  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4605  1.1     skrll       break;
   4606  1.1     skrll     default:		/* impossible */
   4607  1.4  christos       break;
   4608  1.4  christos     }
   4609  1.1     skrll 
   4610  1.3  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4611  1.1     skrll   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4612  1.1     skrll 
   4613  1.4  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4614  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4615  1.3  christos 
   4616  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4617  1.1     skrll                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4618  1.1     skrll 
   4619  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4620  1.3  christos     return;
   4621  1.3  christos 
   4622  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4623  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (6);
   4624  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4625  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4626  1.1     skrll 
   4627  1.4  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4628  1.1     skrll   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4629  1.3  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4630  1.3  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4631  1.3  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4632  1.3  christos 
   4633  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4634  1.3  christos     return;
   4635  1.3  christos 
   4636  1.3  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4637  1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4638  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4639  1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4640  1.3  christos 
   4641  1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4642  1.3  christos     {
   4643  1.3  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4644  1.1     skrll       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4645  1.1     skrll 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4646  1.1     skrll     }
   4647  1.1     skrll 
   4648  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4649  1.1     skrll     {
   4650  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4651  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4652  1.1     skrll     }
   4653  1.1     skrll }
   4654  1.1     skrll 
   4655  1.1     skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4656  1.1     skrll 
   4657  1.1     skrll static void
   4658  1.1     skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4659  1.1     skrll {
   4660  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4661  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4662  1.1     skrll 
   4663  1.1     skrll   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4664  1.1     skrll     {
   4665  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4666  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4667  1.1     skrll       return;
   4668  1.1     skrll     }
   4669  1.1     skrll 
   4670  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4671  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4672  1.1     skrll     {
   4673  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4674  1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4675  1.1     skrll       return;
   4676  1.1     skrll     }
   4677  1.1     skrll 
   4678  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4679  1.1     skrll 
   4680  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4681  1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4682  1.3  christos #endif
   4683  1.3  christos 
   4684  1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4685  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (8);
   4686  1.1     skrll 
   4687  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4688  1.1     skrll }
   4689  1.3  christos 
   4690  1.1     skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4691  1.1     skrll    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4692  1.1     skrll 
   4693  1.1     skrll static void
   4694  1.1     skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4695  1.1     skrll {
   4696  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4697  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4698  1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   4699  1.1     skrll 
   4700  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4701  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4702  1.3  christos #endif
   4703  1.5  christos 
   4704  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4705  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4706  1.3  christos     {
   4707  1.4  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4708  1.3  christos     }
   4709  1.3  christos   else
   4710  1.4  christos     {
   4711  1.4  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4712  1.4  christos 
   4713  1.4  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4714  1.4  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4715  1.6  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4716  1.3  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4717  1.4  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4718  1.3  christos 
   4719  1.3  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4720  1.4  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
   4721  1.4  christos 	  (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4722  1.4  christos 
   4723  1.3  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4724  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4725  1.4  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4726  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4727  1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4728  1.1     skrll 
   4729  1.1     skrll       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4730  1.3  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4731  1.3  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4732  1.3  christos       else
   4733  1.1     skrll         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4734  1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4735  1.1     skrll     }
   4736  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4737  1.1     skrll }
   4738  1.1     skrll 
   4739  1.1     skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4740  1.1     skrll    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4741  1.1     skrll 
   4742  1.1     skrll static void
   4743  1.1     skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4744  1.1     skrll {
   4745  1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4746  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4747  1.1     skrll 
   4748  1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4749  1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4750  1.1     skrll #endif
   4751  1.1     skrll 
   4752  1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4753  1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4754  1.1     skrll     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4755  1.1     skrll   else
   4756  1.1     skrll     {
   4757  1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4758  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4759  1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4760  1.1     skrll 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4761  1.1     skrll     }
   4762  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4763  1.1     skrll }
   4764  1.1     skrll 
   4765  1.1     skrll static void
   4766  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4767  1.1     skrll {
   4768  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4769  1.1     skrll 
   4770  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4771  1.1     skrll }
   4772  1.1     skrll 
   4773  1.1     skrll static void
   4774  1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4775  1.1     skrll {
   4776  1.3  christos   long val;
   4777  1.1     skrll 
   4778  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4779  1.1     skrll     {
   4780  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4781  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4782  1.1     skrll     }
   4783  1.1     skrll   else
   4784  1.1     skrll     {
   4785  1.1     skrll       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4786  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4787  1.1     skrll     }
   4788  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4789  1.1     skrll }
   4790  1.1     skrll 
   4791  1.1     skrll static void
   4792  1.1     skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4793  1.1     skrll {
   4794  1.3  christos   long val;
   4795  1.1     skrll 
   4796  1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4797  1.1     skrll     {
   4798  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4799  1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4800  1.1     skrll     }
   4801  1.1     skrll   else
   4802  1.1     skrll     {
   4803  1.5  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4804  1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4805  1.1     skrll     }
   4806  1.5  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4807  1.5  christos }
   4808  1.1     skrll 
   4809  1.4  christos static void
   4810  1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4811  1.1     skrll {
   4812  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4813  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4814  1.1     skrll 
   4815  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4816  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4817  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4818  1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4819  1.1     skrll }
   4820  1.1     skrll 
   4821  1.1     skrll static void
   4822  1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4823  1.1     skrll {
   4824  1.1     skrll   symbolS *s;
   4825  1.1     skrll   int length;
   4826  1.1     skrll   static char case_hack[32];
   4827  1.1     skrll 
   4828  1.1     skrll   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4829  1.1     skrll 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4830  1.1     skrll 
   4831  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4832  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4833  1.1     skrll 
   4834  1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   4835  1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4836  1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4837  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4838  1.1     skrll }
   4839  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4840  1.1     skrll 
   4841  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4842  1.1     skrll 
   4843  1.1     skrll static void
   4844  1.1     skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4845  1.1     skrll {
   4846  1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   4847  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4848  1.1     skrll 
   4849  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4850  1.1     skrll   expression (&e);
   4851  1.1     skrll 
   4852  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4853  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4854  1.1     skrll     {
   4855  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4856  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4857  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4858  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   4859  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4860  1.1     skrll       break;
   4861  1.1     skrll     default:
   4862  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4863  1.1     skrll     }
   4864  1.1     skrll #else
   4865  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4866  1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4867  1.1     skrll     {
   4868  1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4869  1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4870  1.1     skrll       /* fall through */
   4871  1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4872  1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4873  1.1     skrll       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4874  1.1     skrll       break;
   4875  1.1     skrll     default:
   4876  1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4877  1.1     skrll     }
   4878  1.1     skrll #endif
   4879  1.1     skrll #endif
   4880  1.1     skrll 
   4881  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4882  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4883  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4884  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4885  1.7  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4886  1.1     skrll 
   4887  1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (4);
   4888  1.1     skrll   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4889  1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4890  1.1     skrll 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4891  1.1     skrll }
   4892  1.1     skrll 
   4893  1.1     skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4894  1.1     skrll    generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4895  1.1     skrll    correctly aligned.  */
   4896  1.1     skrll 
   4897  1.1     skrll static void
   4898  1.1     skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4899  1.1     skrll {
   4900  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   4901  1.1     skrll 
   4902  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   4903  1.1     skrll     {
   4904  1.1     skrll     default:
   4905  1.1     skrll     case 'f':
   4906  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   4907  1.1     skrll       log_size = 2;
   4908  1.1     skrll       break;
   4909  1.1     skrll 
   4910  1.1     skrll     case 'd':
   4911  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   4912  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   4913  1.1     skrll       log_size = 3;
   4914  1.1     skrll       break;
   4915  1.1     skrll 
   4916  1.1     skrll     case 'x':
   4917  1.1     skrll     case 'X':
   4918  1.1     skrll     case 'p':
   4919  1.1     skrll     case 'P':
   4920  1.1     skrll       log_size = 4;
   4921  1.1     skrll       break;
   4922  1.1     skrll     }
   4923  1.1     skrll 
   4924  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4925  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4926  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4927  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4928  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4929  1.1     skrll 
   4930  1.1     skrll   float_cons (type);
   4931  1.1     skrll }
   4932  1.1     skrll 
   4933  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4934  1.1     skrll    parse it.  */
   4935  1.1     skrll 
   4936  1.1     skrll static void
   4937  1.1     skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4938  1.5  christos {
   4939  1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4940  1.1     skrll   char c;
   4941  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4942  1.5  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4943  1.1     skrll   int temp;
   4944  1.1     skrll 
   4945  1.1     skrll   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4946  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4947  1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4948  1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   4949  1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4950  1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   4951  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4952  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4953  1.1     skrll     {
   4954  1.1     skrll       *p = 0;
   4955  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4956  1.1     skrll       *p = c;
   4957  1.3  christos       temp = 0;
   4958  1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4959  1.1     skrll     }
   4960  1.1     skrll   else
   4961  1.1     skrll     {
   4962  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4963  1.1     skrll       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4964  1.1     skrll     }
   4965  1.1     skrll   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4966  1.1     skrll   (void) symbolP;
   4967  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4968  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4969  1.1     skrll }
   4970  1.1     skrll 
   4971  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4972  1.1     skrll    the assembler features.  */
   4973  1.5  christos 
   4974  1.1     skrll static void
   4975  1.1     skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4976  1.1     skrll {
   4977  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch, *s;
   4978  1.1     skrll   int yesno = 1;
   4979  1.1     skrll 
   4980  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4981  1.1     skrll 
   4982  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4983  1.1     skrll   s = name;
   4984  1.1     skrll   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4985  1.1     skrll     {
   4986  1.1     skrll       yesno = 0;
   4987  1.1     skrll       s += 2;
   4988  1.1     skrll     }
   4989  1.1     skrll   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4990  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4991  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4992  1.1     skrll     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4993  1.5  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4994  1.1     skrll     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4995  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4996  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4997  1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4998  1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4999  1.1     skrll   else
   5000  1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   5001  1.1     skrll 
   5002  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5003  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5004  1.1     skrll }
   5005  1.1     skrll 
   5006  1.1     skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   5007  1.1     skrll    the $gp register.  */
   5008  1.1     skrll 
   5009  1.1     skrll static void
   5010  1.1     skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5011  1.1     skrll {
   5012  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5013  1.1     skrll 
   5014  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   5015  1.1     skrll     {
   5016  1.1     skrll       /* $rNN form.  */
   5017  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5018  1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   5019  1.1     skrll 	input_line_pointer++;
   5020  1.1     skrll     }
   5021  1.1     skrll 
   5022  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   5023  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   5024  1.1     skrll     {
   5025  1.1     skrll       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   5026  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   5027  1.1     skrll     }
   5028  1.1     skrll 
   5029  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5030  1.1     skrll }
   5031  1.1     skrll 
   5032  1.3  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5033  1.1     skrll    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5034  1.1     skrll    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5035  1.1     skrll 
   5036  1.1     skrll static void
   5037  1.1     skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5038  1.1     skrll {
   5039  1.1     skrll   int align;
   5040  1.1     skrll   char fill, *pfill;
   5041  1.1     skrll   long max_alignment = 16;
   5042  1.1     skrll 
   5043  1.1     skrll   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5044  1.1     skrll   if (align > max_alignment)
   5045  1.1     skrll     {
   5046  1.1     skrll       align = max_alignment;
   5047  1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5048  1.1     skrll     }
   5049  1.1     skrll   else if (align < 0)
   5050  1.1     skrll     {
   5051  1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5052  1.1     skrll       align = 0;
   5053  1.1     skrll     }
   5054  1.1     skrll 
   5055  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5056  1.1     skrll     {
   5057  1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5058  1.4  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5059  1.1     skrll       pfill = &fill;
   5060  1.1     skrll     }
   5061  1.1     skrll   else
   5062  1.1     skrll     pfill = NULL;
   5063  1.1     skrll 
   5064  1.4  christos   if (align != 0)
   5065  1.1     skrll     {
   5066  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5067  1.1     skrll       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5068  1.1     skrll     }
   5069  1.1     skrll   else
   5070  1.1     skrll     {
   5071  1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5072  1.1     skrll     }
   5073  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5074  1.1     skrll 
   5075  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5076  1.1     skrll }
   5077  1.1     skrll 
   5078  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5079  1.1     skrll 
   5080  1.1     skrll static void
   5081  1.1     skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5082  1.1     skrll {
   5083  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5084  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5085  1.1     skrll   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5086  1.1     skrll }
   5087  1.1     skrll 
   5088  1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5089  1.1     skrll 
   5090  1.1     skrll static void
   5091  1.1     skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5092  1.1     skrll {
   5093  1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5094  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5095  1.1     skrll   s_space (ignore);
   5096  1.1     skrll }
   5097  1.1     skrll 
   5098  1.1     skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5099  1.1     skrll 
   5100  1.1     skrll void
   5101  1.1     skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5102  1.1     skrll {
   5103  1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   5104  1.1     skrll 
   5105  1.1     skrll   log_size = 0;
   5106  1.1     skrll   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5107  1.1     skrll     ++log_size;
   5108  1.1     skrll 
   5109  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5110  1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5111  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5112  1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5113  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5114  1.1     skrll }
   5115  1.1     skrll 
   5116  1.1     skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5117  1.1     skrll    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5118  1.1     skrll 
   5119  1.1     skrll static void
   5120  1.1     skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5121  1.1     skrll {
   5122  1.1     skrll   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5123  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5124  1.1     skrll   cons (bytes);
   5125  1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5126  1.1     skrll }
   5127  1.1     skrll 
   5128  1.5  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5129  1.5  christos 
   5130  1.1     skrll static void
   5131  1.1     skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5132  1.1     skrll {
   5133  1.1     skrll   char *name, ch;
   5134  1.1     skrll   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5135  1.1     skrll 
   5136  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5137  1.3  christos 
   5138  1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5139  1.1     skrll 
   5140  1.5  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5141  1.1     skrll     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5142  1.1     skrll       {
   5143  1.1     skrll 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5144  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   5145  1.1     skrll       }
   5146  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5147  1.1     skrll 
   5148  1.1     skrll found:
   5149  1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5150  1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5151  1.1     skrll }
   5152  1.1     skrll 
   5153  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5155  1.1     skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5156  1.1     skrll 
   5157  1.1     skrll static void
   5158  1.1     skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5159  1.1     skrll {
   5160  1.3  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5161  1.1     skrll     {
   5162  1.1     skrll     case O_cpregister:
   5163  1.1     skrll       putc (',', f);
   5164  1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   5165  1.3  christos     case O_pregister:
   5166  1.1     skrll       putc ('(', f);
   5167  1.1     skrll       {
   5168  1.1     skrll 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5169  1.1     skrll 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5170  1.1     skrll 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5171  1.1     skrll       }
   5172  1.1     skrll       putc (')', f);
   5173  1.1     skrll       break;
   5174  1.1     skrll     default:
   5175  1.1     skrll       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5176  1.1     skrll       break;
   5177  1.1     skrll     }
   5178  1.1     skrll }
   5179  1.1     skrll #endif
   5180  1.1     skrll 
   5181  1.1     skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5183  1.1     skrll 
   5184  1.1     skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5185  1.1     skrll {
   5186  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5187  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5188  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5189  1.1     skrll #endif
   5190  1.1     skrll   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5191  1.3  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5192  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5193  1.3  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5194  1.3  christos #endif
   5195  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5196  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5197  1.3  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5198  1.3  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5199  1.3  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5200  1.3  christos #endif
   5201  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5202  1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5203  1.3  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5204  1.3  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5205  1.3  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5206  1.3  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5207  1.3  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5208  1.3  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5209  1.3  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5210  1.3  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5211  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5212  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5213  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5214  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5215  1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5216  1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5217  1.1     skrll   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5218  1.1     skrll   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5219  1.1     skrll   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5220  1.1     skrll   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5221  1.1     skrll   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5222  1.1     skrll #endif
   5223  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5224  1.1     skrll   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5225  1.1     skrll   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5226  1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5227  1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5228  1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5229  1.1     skrll   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5230  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5231  1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5232  1.1     skrll   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5233  1.1     skrll   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5234  1.1     skrll   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5235  1.3  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5236  1.3  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5237  1.3  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5238  1.1     skrll   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5239  1.1     skrll   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5240  1.3  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5241  1.1     skrll   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5242  1.1     skrll   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5243  1.1     skrll   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5244  1.1     skrll   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5245  1.1     skrll #else
   5246  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5247  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5248  1.1     skrll #else
   5249  1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5250  1.1     skrll #endif
   5251  1.1     skrll #endif
   5252  1.1     skrll   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5253  1.1     skrll   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5254  1.1     skrll   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5255  1.1     skrll   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5256  1.1     skrll   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5257  1.1     skrll   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5258  1.1     skrll 
   5259  1.1     skrll   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5260  1.1     skrll   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5261  1.1     skrll   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5262  1.1     skrll   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5263  1.1     skrll   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5264  1.1     skrll   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5265  1.1     skrll   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5266  1.1     skrll   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5267  1.1     skrll   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5268  1.1     skrll   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5269  1.1     skrll 
   5270  1.1     skrll   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5271  1.1     skrll   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5272  1.1     skrll   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5273  1.1     skrll   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5274  1.1     skrll   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5275  1.1     skrll   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5276  1.1     skrll   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5277  1.1     skrll   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5278  1.1     skrll   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5279  1.1     skrll   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5280  1.1     skrll 
   5281  1.1     skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5282  1.1     skrll   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5283  1.1     skrll   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5284  1.1     skrll   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5285  1.1     skrll 
   5286  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5287  1.1     skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5288  1.1     skrll   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5289  1.1     skrll   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5290  1.1     skrll   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5291  1.1     skrll #endif
   5292  1.1     skrll 
   5293  1.1     skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5294  1.1     skrll   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5295  1.1     skrll   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5296  1.1     skrll 
   5297  1.1     skrll   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5298  1.1     skrll 
   5299  1.1     skrll   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5300  1.1     skrll };
   5301  1.1     skrll 
   5302  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5304  1.1     skrll 
   5305  1.1     skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5306  1.1     skrll    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5307  1.1     skrll 
   5308  1.1     skrll static inline void
   5309  1.1     skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5310  1.1     skrll {
   5311  1.3  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5312  1.1     skrll 
   5313  1.1     skrll   if (!sec)
   5314  1.1     skrll     return;
   5315  1.1     skrll   vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
   5316  1.1     skrll   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5317  1.1     skrll     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5318  1.1     skrll }
   5319  1.1     skrll 
   5320  1.1     skrll static void
   5321  1.1     skrll select_gp_value (void)
   5322  1.1     skrll {
   5323  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5324  1.1     skrll 
   5325  1.1     skrll   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5326  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5327  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value--;
   5328  1.1     skrll 
   5329  1.1     skrll   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5330  1.1     skrll   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5331  1.1     skrll 
   5332  1.1     skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5333  1.1     skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5334  1.1     skrll 
   5335  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5336  1.3  christos 
   5337  1.6  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5338  1.1     skrll 
   5339  1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5340  1.1     skrll   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5341  1.1     skrll #endif
   5342  1.3  christos }
   5343  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5344  1.1     skrll 
   5345  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5346  1.1     skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5347  1.1     skrll 
   5348  1.1     skrll bfd_vma
   5349  1.3  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
   5350  1.1     skrll {
   5351  1.1     skrll   if (letter == 's')
   5352  1.1     skrll     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5353  1.1     skrll 
   5354  1.1     skrll   *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
   5355  1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5356  1.1     skrll }
   5357  1.1     skrll 
   5358  1.1     skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5359  1.1     skrll 
   5360  1.1     skrll flagword
   5361  1.1     skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5362  1.1     skrll {
   5363  1.6  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5364  1.6  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5365  1.1     skrll   return flags;
   5366  1.1     skrll }
   5367  1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5368  1.1     skrll 
   5369  1.1     skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5370  1.1     skrll    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5371  1.1     skrll 
   5372  1.1     skrll void
   5373  1.1     skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5374  1.1     skrll {
   5375  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5376  1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5377  1.1     skrll   {
   5378  1.1     skrll     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5379  1.1     skrll     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5380  1.1     skrll   };
   5381  1.1     skrll 
   5382  1.1     skrll   int bytes, fix;
   5383  1.1     skrll   char *p;
   5384  1.1     skrll 
   5385  1.1     skrll   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5386  1.1     skrll     return;
   5387  1.1     skrll 
   5388  1.1     skrll   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5389  1.1     skrll   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5390  1.1     skrll   fix = 0;
   5391  1.1     skrll 
   5392  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 3)
   5393  1.1     skrll     {
   5394  1.1     skrll       fix = bytes & 3;
   5395  1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5396  1.1     skrll       p += fix;
   5397  1.1     skrll       bytes -= fix;
   5398  1.1     skrll     }
   5399  1.1     skrll 
   5400  1.1     skrll   if (bytes & 4)
   5401  1.1     skrll     {
   5402  1.1     skrll       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5403  1.1     skrll       p += 4;
   5404  1.1     skrll       bytes -= 4;
   5405  1.1     skrll       fix += 4;
   5406  1.1     skrll     }
   5407  1.1     skrll 
   5408  1.1     skrll   memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5409  1.1     skrll 
   5410  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5411  1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5412  1.1     skrll }
   5413  1.1     skrll 
   5414  1.1     skrll /* Public interface functions.  */
   5416  1.1     skrll 
   5417  1.1     skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5418  1.3  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5419  1.1     skrll    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5420  1.1     skrll 
   5421  1.1     skrll void
   5422  1.1     skrll md_begin (void)
   5423  1.1     skrll {
   5424  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
   5425  1.1     skrll 
   5426  1.1     skrll   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5427  1.1     skrll   {
   5428  1.1     skrll     expressionS e;
   5429  1.1     skrll 
   5430  1.1     skrll     e.X_op = O_max;
   5431  1.1     skrll     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5432  1.1     skrll   }
   5433  1.1     skrll 
   5434  1.1     skrll   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5435  1.1     skrll   alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
   5436  1.1     skrll 
   5437  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5438  1.1     skrll     {
   5439  1.1     skrll       const char *name, *retval, *slash;
   5440  1.1     skrll 
   5441  1.6  christos       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5442  1.1     skrll       retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5443  1.1     skrll       if (retval)
   5444  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
   5445  1.1     skrll 		  name, retval);
   5446  1.1     skrll 
   5447  1.1     skrll       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5448  1.1     skrll 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5449  1.1     skrll 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5450  1.1     skrll 	 without the "/".  */
   5451  1.1     skrll 
   5452  1.1     skrll       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5453  1.1     skrll 	{
   5454  1.1     skrll 	  char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
   5455  1.1     skrll 
   5456  1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
   5457  1.1     skrll 	  strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
   5458  1.1     skrll 
   5459  1.1     skrll 	  (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5460  1.1     skrll 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5461  1.1     skrll 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5462  1.1     skrll 	}
   5463  1.1     skrll 
   5464  1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5465  1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5466  1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5467  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5468  1.1     skrll     }
   5469  1.1     skrll 
   5470  1.1     skrll   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5471  1.1     skrll   alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
   5472  1.1     skrll 
   5473  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5474  1.1     skrll     {
   5475  1.1     skrll       const char *name, *retval;
   5476  1.1     skrll 
   5477  1.1     skrll       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5478  1.1     skrll       retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
   5479  1.1     skrll       if (retval)
   5480  1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
   5481  1.1     skrll 		  name, retval);
   5482  1.1     skrll 
   5483  1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5484  1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5485  1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5486  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5487  1.1     skrll     }
   5488  1.1     skrll 
   5489  1.1     skrll   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5490  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5491  1.1     skrll     {
   5492  1.1     skrll       char name[4];
   5493  1.1     skrll 
   5494  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5495  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5496  1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5497  1.1     skrll     }
   5498  1.1     skrll 
   5499  1.1     skrll   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5500  1.1     skrll     {
   5501  1.1     skrll       char name[5];
   5502  1.1     skrll 
   5503  1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5504  1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5505  1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5506  1.1     skrll     }
   5507  1.1     skrll 
   5508  1.1     skrll   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5509  1.1     skrll 
   5510  1.1     skrll   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5511  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5512  1.1     skrll 
   5513  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5514  1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5515  1.1     skrll 
   5516  1.1     skrll   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5517  1.1     skrll      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5518  1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
   5519  1.1     skrll 				   &zero_address_frag);
   5520  1.1     skrll #endif
   5521  1.1     skrll 
   5522  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5523  1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5524  1.1     skrll #endif
   5525  1.1     skrll 
   5526  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5527  1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5528  1.1     skrll     {
   5529  1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
   5530  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5531  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
   5532  1.1     skrll     }
   5533  1.1     skrll #endif
   5534  1.1     skrll 
   5535  1.1     skrll   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5536  1.1     skrll   alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
   5537  1.1     skrll 
   5538  1.1     skrll   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5539  1.1     skrll }
   5540  1.1     skrll 
   5541  1.1     skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5542  1.1     skrll 
   5543  1.1     skrll void
   5544  1.1     skrll md_assemble (char *str)
   5545  1.1     skrll {
   5546  1.1     skrll   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5547  1.1     skrll   char opname[32];
   5548  1.1     skrll   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5549  1.1     skrll   int ntok, trunclen;
   5550  1.1     skrll   size_t opnamelen;
   5551  1.1     skrll 
   5552  1.1     skrll   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5553  1.1     skrll   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5554  1.1     skrll   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5555  1.1     skrll 	      ? opnamelen
   5556  1.1     skrll 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5557  1.1     skrll   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5558  1.1     skrll   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5559  1.1     skrll 
   5560  1.1     skrll   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5561  1.1     skrll   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5562  1.1     skrll     {
   5563  1.1     skrll       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5564  1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5565  1.1     skrll 
   5566  1.1     skrll       return;
   5567  1.1     skrll     }
   5568  1.1     skrll 
   5569  1.1     skrll   /* Finish it off.  */
   5570  1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5571  1.1     skrll }
   5572  1.1     skrll 
   5573  1.1     skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5574  1.1     skrll 
   5575  1.1     skrll valueT
   5576  1.6  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5577  1.1     skrll {
   5578  1.1     skrll   int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
   5579  1.6  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5580  1.1     skrll 
   5581  1.1     skrll   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5582  1.1     skrll }
   5583  1.1     skrll 
   5584  1.1     skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5585  1.1     skrll    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5586  1.1     skrll    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5587  1.7  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5588  1.1     skrll 
   5589  1.1     skrll const char *
   5590  1.1     skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5591  1.1     skrll {
   5592  1.1     skrll   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5593  1.1     skrll 
   5594  1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   5595  1.1     skrll     {
   5596  1.1     skrll       /* VAX floats.  */
   5597  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5598  1.1     skrll       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5599  1.1     skrll       type = 'g';
   5600  1.6  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   5601  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5602  1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   5603  1.1     skrll       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5604  1.1     skrll 
   5605  1.1     skrll     default:
   5606  1.1     skrll       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
   5607  1.1     skrll     }
   5608  1.1     skrll }
   5609  1.1     skrll 
   5610  1.1     skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5611  1.1     skrll 
   5612  1.1     skrll int
   5613  1.1     skrll md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5614  1.1     skrll {
   5615  1.1     skrll   switch (c)
   5616  1.1     skrll     {
   5617  1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5618  1.1     skrll       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5619  1.1     skrll       break;
   5620  1.1     skrll 
   5621  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5622  1.1     skrll       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5623  1.1     skrll       break;
   5624  1.1     skrll 
   5625  1.1     skrll     case 'g':
   5626  1.1     skrll       alpha_debug = 1;
   5627  1.1     skrll       break;
   5628  1.1     skrll 
   5629  1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5630  1.1     skrll       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5631  1.1     skrll       break;
   5632  1.1     skrll 
   5633  1.1     skrll     case 'm':
   5634  1.1     skrll       {
   5635  1.1     skrll 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5636  1.1     skrll 
   5637  1.1     skrll 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5638  1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5639  1.1     skrll 	    {
   5640  1.1     skrll 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5641  1.1     skrll 	      goto found;
   5642  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5643  1.1     skrll 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5644  1.1     skrll       found:;
   5645  1.1     skrll       }
   5646  1.3  christos       break;
   5647  1.3  christos 
   5648  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5649  1.3  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5650  1.3  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5651  1.3  christos       break;
   5652  1.3  christos 
   5653  1.3  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5654  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5655  1.1     skrll       break;
   5656  1.1     skrll 
   5657  1.1     skrll     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5658  1.1     skrll       break;
   5659  1.1     skrll 
   5660  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5661  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5662  1.1     skrll       break;
   5663  1.1     skrll 
   5664  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5665  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5666  1.1     skrll       break;
   5667  1.1     skrll #endif
   5668  1.1     skrll 
   5669  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5670  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5671  1.1     skrll       break;
   5672  1.1     skrll 
   5673  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5674  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5675  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5676  1.1     skrll       break;
   5677  1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5678  1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5679  1.1     skrll       break;
   5680  1.1     skrll #endif
   5681  1.1     skrll 
   5682  1.1     skrll     default:
   5683  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   5684  1.1     skrll     }
   5685  1.1     skrll 
   5686  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   5687  1.1     skrll }
   5688  1.1     skrll 
   5689  1.1     skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5690  1.1     skrll 
   5691  1.1     skrll void
   5692  1.1     skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5693  1.3  christos {
   5694  1.3  christos   fputs (_("\
   5695  1.3  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5696  1.1     skrll -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5697  1.1     skrll -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5698  1.1     skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5699  1.1     skrll 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5700  1.1     skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5701  1.1     skrll 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5702  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5703  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5704  1.1     skrll   fputs (_("\
   5705  1.1     skrll VMS options:\n\
   5706  1.1     skrll -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5707  1.1     skrll -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5708  1.1     skrll -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5709  1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5710  1.1     skrll #endif
   5711  1.1     skrll }
   5712  1.1     skrll 
   5713  1.1     skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5714  1.1     skrll    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5715  1.1     skrll 
   5716  1.1     skrll long
   5717  1.1     skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5718  1.1     skrll {
   5719  1.1     skrll   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5720  1.1     skrll 
   5721  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5722  1.1     skrll     {
   5723  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5724  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5725  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5726  1.1     skrll       return addr + 4;
   5727  1.1     skrll     default:
   5728  1.1     skrll       return addr;
   5729  1.1     skrll     }
   5730  1.1     skrll }
   5731  1.1     skrll 
   5732  1.1     skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5733  1.1     skrll    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5734  1.1     skrll    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5735  1.1     skrll 
   5736  1.1     skrll    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5737  1.1     skrll    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5738  1.1     skrll    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5739  1.1     skrll    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5740  1.1     skrll    GPDISP.  */
   5741  1.1     skrll 
   5742  1.1     skrll void
   5743  1.1     skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5744  1.1     skrll {
   5745  1.1     skrll   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5746  1.1     skrll   valueT value = * valP;
   5747  1.1     skrll   unsigned image, size;
   5748  1.1     skrll 
   5749  1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5750  1.1     skrll     {
   5751  1.1     skrll       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5752  1.1     skrll 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5753  1.1     skrll 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5754  1.1     skrll 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5755  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5756  1.1     skrll       {
   5757  1.1     skrll 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5758  1.1     skrll 
   5759  1.1     skrll 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5760  1.1     skrll 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5761  1.1     skrll 	   error message.  */
   5762  1.1     skrll 	if (next)
   5763  1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5764  1.1     skrll 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5765  1.1     skrll 
   5766  1.1     skrll 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5767  1.1     skrll       }
   5768  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5769  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5770  1.1     skrll #endif
   5771  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5772  1.1     skrll 
   5773  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5774  1.1     skrll       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5775  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5776  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5777  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5778  1.1     skrll #endif
   5779  1.1     skrll 
   5780  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_gp:
   5781  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5782  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5783  1.1     skrll       break;
   5784  1.1     skrll 
   5785  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5786  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5787  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5788  1.1     skrll       size = 2;
   5789  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5790  1.1     skrll 
   5791  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5792  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5793  1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5794  1.1     skrll       size = 4;
   5795  1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5796  1.1     skrll 
   5797  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5798  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5799  1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5800  1.1     skrll       size = 8;
   5801  1.1     skrll 
   5802  1.1     skrll     do_reloc_xx:
   5803  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5804  1.1     skrll 	{
   5805  1.1     skrll 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5806  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5807  1.1     skrll 	}
   5808  1.1     skrll       return;
   5809  1.1     skrll 
   5810  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5811  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5812  1.1     skrll       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5813  1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5814  1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5815  1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5816  1.1     skrll       break;
   5817  1.1     skrll #else
   5818  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5819  1.1     skrll #endif
   5820  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5821  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5822  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5823  1.1     skrll       return;
   5824  1.1     skrll 
   5825  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5826  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5827  1.1     skrll 	{
   5828  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5829  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5830  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5831  1.1     skrll 	}
   5832  1.1     skrll       return;
   5833  1.1     skrll 
   5834  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5835  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5836  1.1     skrll 	{
   5837  1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5838  1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5839  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5840  1.1     skrll 	}
   5841  1.1     skrll       return;
   5842  1.1     skrll 
   5843  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5844  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5845  1.1     skrll       return;
   5846  1.1     skrll 
   5847  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5848  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5849  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5850  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5851  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5852  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5853  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5854  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5855  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5856  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5857  1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5858  1.1     skrll 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5859  1.1     skrll       return;
   5860  1.3  christos #endif
   5861  1.3  christos 
   5862  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5863  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5864  1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5865  1.3  christos       return;
   5866  1.3  christos #endif
   5867  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5868  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5869  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5870  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5871  1.3  christos       return;
   5872  1.3  christos 
   5873  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5874  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5875  1.3  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5876  1.3  christos 
   5877  1.3  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5878  1.3  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5879  1.3  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5880  1.3  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5881  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5882  1.3  christos 	{
   5883  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5884  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5885  1.3  christos 	}
   5886  1.3  christos 
   5887  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
   5888  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5889  1.3  christos       else
   5890  1.3  christos 	{
   5891  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5892  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5893  1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5894  1.3  christos 	}
   5895  1.3  christos 
   5896  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5897  1.3  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5898  1.3  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5899  1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5900  1.3  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5901  1.3  christos 	{
   5902  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5903  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5904  1.3  christos 	}
   5905  1.3  christos 
   5906  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
   5907  1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5908  1.3  christos       else
   5909  1.3  christos 	{
   5910  1.3  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5911  1.3  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5912  1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5913  1.3  christos 	}
   5914  1.3  christos 
   5915  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5916  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5917  1.3  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5918  1.3  christos 
   5919  1.3  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5920  1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5921  1.3  christos 	{
   5922  1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5923  1.3  christos 	  return;
   5924  1.3  christos 	}
   5925  1.3  christos 
   5926  1.3  christos       if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
   5927  1.3  christos 	{
   5928  1.3  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5929  1.3  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5930  1.3  christos 	    {
   5931  1.3  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5932  1.3  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5933  1.1     skrll 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5934  1.1     skrll 	      goto write_done;
   5935  1.1     skrll 	    }
   5936  1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5937  1.1     skrll 	}
   5938  1.1     skrll       else
   5939  1.1     skrll 	{
   5940  1.1     skrll 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5941  1.1     skrll 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5942  1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5943  1.1     skrll 	}
   5944  1.1     skrll #endif
   5945  1.3  christos 
   5946  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5947  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5948  1.1     skrll       return;
   5949  1.1     skrll 
   5950  1.1     skrll     default:
   5951  1.1     skrll       {
   5952  1.1     skrll 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5953  1.1     skrll 
   5954  1.1     skrll 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5955  1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5956  1.1     skrll 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5957  1.1     skrll 
   5958  1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5959  1.1     skrll 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5960  1.1     skrll 
   5961  1.1     skrll 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5962  1.1     skrll 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5963  1.1     skrll 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5964  1.1     skrll 
   5965  1.1     skrll 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5966  1.1     skrll 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5967  1.1     skrll 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5968  1.1     skrll 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5969  1.1     skrll 
   5970  1.1     skrll 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5971  1.1     skrll 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5972  1.1     skrll 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5973  1.1     skrll       }
   5974  1.1     skrll       goto write_done;
   5975  1.1     skrll     }
   5976  1.1     skrll 
   5977  1.1     skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5978  1.1     skrll     return;
   5979  1.1     skrll   else
   5980  1.1     skrll     {
   5981  1.1     skrll       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5982  1.1     skrll 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5983  1.1     skrll       goto done;
   5984  1.1     skrll     }
   5985  1.1     skrll 
   5986  1.1     skrll write_done:
   5987  1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5988  1.1     skrll 
   5989  1.1     skrll done:
   5990  1.1     skrll   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5991  1.1     skrll }
   5992  1.1     skrll 
   5993  1.1     skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   5994  1.1     skrll 
   5995  1.1     skrll symbolS *
   5996  1.1     skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   5997  1.1     skrll {
   5998  1.1     skrll   if (*name == '$')
   5999  1.1     skrll     {
   6000  1.1     skrll       int is_float = 0, num;
   6001  1.1     skrll 
   6002  1.1     skrll       switch (*++name)
   6003  1.1     skrll 	{
   6004  1.1     skrll 	case 'f':
   6005  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6006  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   6007  1.1     skrll 	  is_float = 32;
   6008  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6009  1.1     skrll 
   6010  1.1     skrll 	case 'r':
   6011  1.1     skrll 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   6012  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6013  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6014  1.1     skrll 
   6015  1.1     skrll 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   6016  1.1     skrll 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   6017  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   6018  1.1     skrll 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   6019  1.1     skrll 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   6020  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6021  1.1     skrll 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   6022  1.1     skrll 	      if (num >= 32)
   6023  1.1     skrll 		break;
   6024  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6025  1.1     skrll 	  else
   6026  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6027  1.1     skrll 
   6028  1.1     skrll 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6029  1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6030  1.1     skrll 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6031  1.1     skrll 
   6032  1.1     skrll 	case 'a':
   6033  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6034  1.1     skrll 	    {
   6035  1.1     skrll 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6036  1.1     skrll 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6037  1.1     skrll 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6038  1.1     skrll 	    }
   6039  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6040  1.1     skrll 
   6041  1.1     skrll 	case 'g':
   6042  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6043  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6044  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6045  1.1     skrll 
   6046  1.1     skrll 	case 's':
   6047  1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6048  1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6049  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6050  1.1     skrll 	}
   6051  1.1     skrll     }
   6052  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   6053  1.1     skrll }
   6054  1.1     skrll 
   6055  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6056  1.1     skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6057  1.1     skrll 
   6058  1.1     skrll void
   6059  1.1     skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6060  1.1     skrll {
   6061  1.1     skrll   select_gp_value ();
   6062  1.1     skrll   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6063  1.1     skrll   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6064  1.1     skrll   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6065  1.1     skrll }
   6066  1.1     skrll #endif
   6067  1.1     skrll 
   6068  1.1     skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6069  1.1     skrll    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6070  1.1     skrll    required.  */
   6071  1.1     skrll 
   6072  1.1     skrll void
   6073  1.1     skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6074  1.1     skrll {
   6075  1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6076  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6077  1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6078  1.1     skrll #endif
   6079  1.1     skrll }
   6080  1.1     skrll 
   6081  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6082  1.1     skrll    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6083  1.1     skrll 
   6084  1.1     skrll int
   6085  1.1     skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6086  1.1     skrll {
   6087  1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6088  1.1     skrll     return 1;
   6089  1.1     skrll 
   6090  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6091  1.1     skrll     {
   6092  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6093  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6094  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6095  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6096  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6097  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6098  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6099  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6100  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6101  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6102  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6103  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6104  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6105  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6106  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6107  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6108  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6109  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6110  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6111  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6112  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6113  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6114  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6115  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6116  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6117  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6118  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6119  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6120  1.1     skrll #endif
   6121  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6122  1.1     skrll 
   6123  1.1     skrll     default:
   6124  1.1     skrll       break;
   6125  1.1     skrll     }
   6126  1.1     skrll 
   6127  1.1     skrll   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6128  1.1     skrll }
   6129  1.1     skrll 
   6130  1.1     skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6131  1.1     skrll 
   6132  1.1     skrll int
   6133  1.1     skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6134  1.1     skrll {
   6135  1.1     skrll   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6136  1.1     skrll      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6137  1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6138  1.1     skrll     {
   6139  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6140  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6141  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6142  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6143  1.1     skrll 
   6144  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6145  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6146  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6147  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6148  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6149  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6150  1.1     skrll 
   6151  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6152  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6153  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6154  1.1     skrll 
   6155  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6156  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6157  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6158  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6159  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6160  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6161  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6162  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6163  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6164  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6165  1.1     skrll 
   6166  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6167  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6168  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6169  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6170  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6171  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6172  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6173  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6174  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6175  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6176  1.1     skrll       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6177  1.1     skrll 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6178  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6179  1.1     skrll 
   6180  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6181  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6182  1.1     skrll       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6183  1.1     skrll          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6184  1.1     skrll       {
   6185  1.1     skrll 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6186  1.1     skrll 	const char *name;
   6187  1.1     skrll 	int offset = 0;
   6188  1.1     skrll 
   6189  1.1     skrll 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6190  1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   6191  1.1     skrll 
   6192  1.1     skrll 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6193  1.1     skrll 	  {
   6194  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6195  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6196  1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6197  1.1     skrll 	    offset = 8;
   6198  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6199  1.1     skrll 	  default:
   6200  1.1     skrll 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6201  1.3  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6202  1.3  christos 	    else
   6203  1.3  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6204  1.3  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6205  1.3  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6206  1.3  christos 		name);
   6207  1.3  christos 	    break;
   6208  1.1     skrll 	  }
   6209  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6210  1.1     skrll 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6211  1.1     skrll 	return 1;
   6212  1.1     skrll       }
   6213  1.1     skrll #endif
   6214  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6215  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6216  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6217  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6218  1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6219  1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6220  1.1     skrll #endif
   6221  1.1     skrll 
   6222  1.1     skrll     default:
   6223  1.6  christos       return 1;
   6224  1.6  christos     }
   6225  1.1     skrll }
   6226  1.1     skrll 
   6227  1.1     skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6228  1.1     skrll    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6229  1.1     skrll 
   6230  1.3  christos arelent *
   6231  1.1     skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6232  1.1     skrll 	      fixS *fixp)
   6233  1.1     skrll {
   6234  1.1     skrll   arelent *reloc;
   6235  1.1     skrll 
   6236  1.1     skrll   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   6237  1.1     skrll   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   6238  1.1     skrll   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6239  1.1     skrll   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6240  1.1     skrll 
   6241  1.1     skrll   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6242  1.1     skrll      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6243  1.1     skrll   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6244  1.1     skrll 
   6245  1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6246  1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6247  1.3  christos     {
   6248  1.1     skrll       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6249  1.1     skrll 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6250  1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6251  1.3  christos       return NULL;
   6252  1.1     skrll     }
   6253  1.1     skrll 
   6254  1.1     skrll   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6255  1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6256  1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6257  1.3  christos 
   6258  1.1     skrll   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6259  1.3  christos 
   6260  1.3  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6261  1.3  christos 
   6262  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6263  1.3  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6264  1.3  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6265  1.3  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6266  1.3  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6267  1.3  christos #endif
   6268  1.3  christos 
   6269  1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6270  1.3  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6271  1.3  christos     {
   6272  1.3  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6273  1.3  christos       const char *pname;
   6274  1.3  christos       int pname_len;
   6275  1.3  christos 
   6276  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6277  1.3  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6278  1.3  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6279  1.3  christos       break;
   6280  1.6  christos 
   6281  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6282  1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6283  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6284  1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6285  1.4  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6286  1.3  christos 
   6287  1.3  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6288  1.3  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6289  1.3  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6290  1.3  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6291  1.3  christos 	{
   6292  1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6293  1.3  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6294  1.3  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6295  1.3  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6296  1.3  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6297  1.3  christos 	    abort ();
   6298  1.3  christos 
   6299  1.6  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6300  1.3  christos 	    {
   6301  1.3  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6302  1.3  christos 
   6303  1.3  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6304  1.3  christos 	         written program.  */
   6305  1.3  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6306  1.3  christos 		break;
   6307  1.3  christos 	      sym = n;
   6308  1.3  christos 	    }
   6309  1.3  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6310  1.3  christos 	}
   6311  1.1     skrll 
   6312  1.1     skrll       udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
   6313  1.1     skrll       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6314  1.1     skrll       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6315  1.1     skrll       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6316  1.1     skrll       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6317  1.1     skrll         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6318  1.1     skrll       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6319  1.1     skrll       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6320  1.1     skrll 
   6321  1.1     skrll     default:
   6322  1.1     skrll       break;
   6323  1.1     skrll     }
   6324  1.1     skrll #endif
   6325  1.1     skrll 
   6326  1.1     skrll   return reloc;
   6327  1.1     skrll }
   6328  1.1     skrll 
   6329  1.1     skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6330  1.5  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6331  1.5  christos    matching for us.
   6332  1.1     skrll 
   6333  1.1     skrll    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6334  1.1     skrll 
   6335  1.1     skrll int
   6336  1.1     skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6337  1.1     skrll {
   6338  1.1     skrll   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6339  1.1     skrll 
   6340  1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6341  1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6342  1.1     skrll     {
   6343  1.1     skrll       char *s;
   6344  1.1     skrll       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6345  1.1     skrll       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6346  1.1     skrll 
   6347  1.1     skrll       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6348  1.1     skrll       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6349  1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   6350  1.1     skrll     }
   6351  1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6352  1.1     skrll 
   6353  1.1     skrll found:
   6354  1.1     skrll   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6355  1.1     skrll   return framereg;
   6356  1.1     skrll }
   6357  1.1     skrll 
   6358  1.1     skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6359  1.1     skrll    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6360  1.1     skrll    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6361  1.1     skrll    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6362  1.1     skrll    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6363  1.1     skrll    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6364  1.1     skrll 
   6365  1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6366  1.1     skrll 
   6367  1.1     skrll void
   6368                alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6369                {
   6370                  if (alpha_debug != 0
   6371                      && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6372                    flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6373                }
   6374                
   6375                #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6376                
   6377                /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6378                   IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6379                   format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6380                #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6381